Quarterlytics / Technology / Software - Infrastructure / PayPoint plc

PayPoint plc

payp · LSE Technology
Claim this profile
Ticker payp
Exchange LSE
Sector Technology
Industry Software - Infrastructure
Employees 501-1000
← All annual reports
FY2017 Annual Report · PayPoint plc
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
Annual Report  
2017

Annual report 2017

Our mission is to lead the market  
in the provision of products to 
consumer service companies  
and retailers, through innovative 
solutions and first class service.

Contents 

Strategic report 
1    Summary results
3    Chairman’s statement
4    Case studies
8    Our business model
10 

 Chief Executive’s review – 
Strategic priorities 

15  Key performance indicators
16  Review of business
20  Risks and uncertainties
 Environmental matters, 
23 
employees, social, community  
and human rights

Governance
28  Board of directors
40  Nomination Committee report
42  Audit Committee report
46  Remuneration report
64  Directors’ report
67 

 Statement of directors’ 
responsibilities
 Independent auditor’s report  
to the members of PayPoint plc

68 

Financial statements
73 
73 

 Consolidated income statement
 Consolidated statement  
of comprehensive income
 Consolidated statement  
of financial position 
 Consolidated statement  
of changes in equity
 Consolidated statement  
of cash flows
 Company statement  
of financial position
 Company statement  
of changes in equity
 Company statement  
of cash flows
 Notes to the consolidated 
financial statements

74 

75 

76 

77 

78 

78 

79 

Annual general meeting
95  Notice of annual general meeting
100  Officers & professional advisers

Statutory highlights1

Revenue

(2016: £212.6m)

£211.9m
(0.3%)

Gross margin³

(2016: 49.9%)

50.0%
0.1ppts

Profit before tax

£69.1m

(2016: £8.2m)

Ordinary dividend per share

(2016: 42.4p)

45.0p
+6.1%

Additional dividend per share

36.7p

—

Net revenue2

(2016: £123.6m)

£123.9m
+0.2%

Operating profit before 
impairments and business disposal

(2016: £50.3m)

£52.3m
+4.0%

Earnings per share

87.5p

(2016: (3.1p))

Disposal proceeds  
dividend per share

(2016: 21.0p)

38.9p
+85.3%

Total dividend per share

(2016: 63.4p)

120.6p
+90.2%

1.  Mobile and Online are included in our statutory results up to the date of their respective disposals resulting in this year’s 

performance not being directly comparable to last year. To more clearly review our financial performance we have included 
highlights of our ongoing Retail networks in addition to the reported statutory highlights. Refer to note 4 to the financial 
statements for a reconciliation of statutory results.

2.  Net Revenue is an alternative performance measure. Refer to note 3 to the financial statements for reconciliation to revenue.
3.  Gross margin is an alternative performance measure and is calculated by dividing gross profit by revenue.

Strong delivery against our strategic priorities
   PayPoint One, our new retail platform, 
successfully launched in June, with 
3,600 sites at year end
   Sale of Mobile completed in December 
2016 for £26.5 million, with gross 
proceeds of 38.9 pence per share 
returned to shareholders

    Collect+ arrangement successfully 
restructured to allow PayPoint to serve 
other UK carriers; expected to drive 
a step change in our parcels business 
over time
   Continued growth in Retail networks  
of 3.2% to 40,500 sites, including 
11,300 in Romania

Financial highlights
  Good growth in core Retail networks

  —  Gross revenue grew by 3.6%  

to £203.4 million

  —  Net revenue² grew by 6.2%  

to £117.5 million

  —  Operating profit grew by 0.9%  

to £53.3 million 

  Retail services net revenue2 grew to 
£39.9 million, an increase of 31.6%
  Profit on the sale of Mobile of £19.5 
million. Mobile sale proceeds of £26.5 
million returned to shareholders. 
Mobile goodwill of £30.8 million was 
fully impaired in 2016.

  Final ordinary dividend of 30.0 pence 
per share, total ordinary dividend  
of 45.0 pence per share, an increase  
of 6.1%
  Additional dividend of 36.7 pence  
per share paid as part of commitment  
to return surplus cash to shareholders 
over a five year period to 2021.  
Total dividends of 120.6 pence per  
share paid to shareholders in the  
year to 31 March 2017
  Cash and cash equivalents at year  
end of £53.1 million, net cash 
generated from operating activities  
of £42.2 million

Retail networks highlights1

Revenue¹

(2016: £196.4m)

£203.4m
+3.6%

Operating profit¹

(2016: £52.8m)

£53.3m
+0.9%

Net revenue2

(2016: £110.7m)

£117.5m
+6.2%

Profit before tax¹

(2016: £52.8m)

£53.3m
+0.9%

Gross margin %³

(2016: 48.2%)

49.5%
1.3ppts

Earnings per share¹

(2016: 62.5p)

64.3p
+2.9%

1.  Retail networks consists of our UK, Ireland and Romanian retail businesses. A reconciliation, for each measure, from the statutory results to Retail networks is included  

in note 4 to the financial statements.

2.  Net Revenue is an alternative performance measure. Refer to note 3 to the financial statements for reconciliation to revenue.
3.  Gross margin is an alternative performance measure and is calculated by dividing gross profit by revenue.

PayPoint plc  Annual Report 2017     1

STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSHighlights in numbers (Retail networks)

655m

transactions

23m

parcels

40,400

stores

300

clients

3,600

PayPoint One live

4,100

ATMs

6,100

Collect+ sites

10,000

card payment terminals

PayPoint One
Our state-of-the-art retail platform  
launched in 2016

2     PayPoint plc  Annual Report 2017

Chairman’s statement

I am pleased to report that the past year 
has been one of further progress as we 
seek to simplify and refocus the Group  
on our Retail network business, in line with 
our declared strategy.

Delivering our strategy
The sale of our Mobile payments business was completed 
in December 2016 and concludes our programme of 
rationalisation. In addition, we have restructured the 
Collect+ arrangements, enabling us to add new carriers 
to our UK retail services offering. We also successfully 
launched PayPoint One, our next generation PayPoint 
terminal with integrated Electronic Point of Sale Solutions 
(EPoS), till and card functionality, and had rolled out 3,600 
by the end of this financial year. We also continue to drive 
existing and new retail services while seeking to improve 
service delivery throughout the network.

The business is now more streamlined and focused on 
driving value from the strength of our established retail 
network. Whilst the board recognises there are structural 
changes in UK cash payments and the energy sector, 
PayPoint is well positioned to respond to these changes 
and to deliver continuing growth in its UK retail services  
and Romanian businesses. 

Delivering for our stakeholders
Total dividends declared in the year to 31 March 2017 will 
deliver a total of £82.1 million or 120.6 pence per share 
to shareholders. This includes the ordinary dividend of 
45.0 pence per share, the first annual instalment of the 
additional dividend of 36.7 pence per share and the gross 
proceeds from the sale of Mobile of 38.9 pence per share. 

The board recognises that successful execution of the 
PayPoint strategy is dependent on delivering first class service 
to our retailers. To ensure we are consistently measuring 
how we are performing against important key metrics, a new 
‘Retailer Pledge’ has been developed and published. 

Our people are critical to the successful execution of the 
strategy and I would like to thank all colleagues for their 
hard work and dedication over the past year. 

Board appointments
In early 2017, Rachel Kentleton joined the board as Finance 
Director following George Earle’s retirement. I would like 
to thank George for his significant contribution over his 
12 years of service since joining us upon our listing on 
the London Stock Exchange in 2004. Two of our non-
executive directors, Neil Carson and David Morrison, will 
step down on 26 May 2017 and 26 July 2017 respectively. 
The board wishes them well and thanks them for their 
valued contributions. David has served as a director since 
1999 and has been instrumental in the development of 
the Company. We welcome Rakesh Sharma, who was 
appointed to the board on 12 May 2017 and will chair the 
Remuneration Committee. 

Conclusion
PayPoint is now a significantly more focused business. 
Looking ahead, our priorities are to continue to drive growth 
in retail services, manage the decline in cash payments 
through developing new payment channels, improve our 
service delivery and to run our business more efficiently. 
We are also excited by the growth opportunities for our 
Romanian business as we deepen and extend our presence 
in a rapidly growing market. 

Alongside this, we maintain our commitment to the capital 
allocation programme outlined in May 2016, to return £125 
million of surplus cash to shareholders over five years to 
2021 alongside our ordinary dividend. The board remains 
confident in the prospects for the business and the value 
creation opportunity for our shareholders. 

Nick Wiles 
Chairman
25 May 2017

PayPoint plc  Annual Report 2017     3

STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
Case studies

PayPoint One
Our new, state-of-the-art 
retail platform was launched 
in June 2016 and has proven 
popular with independent 
convenience retailers, with 
over 3,600 live across the 
UK. This already makes 
PayPoint one of the largest 
EPoS capable platforms in 
the UK convenience sector  
in the space of 9 months.

With no upfront cost and a low weekly fee, 
retailers are able to use the PayPoint One platform 
to run their whole store, offering EPoS, card 
payments and traditional PayPoint services in 
one device. Retailer feedback has been broadly 
positive since launch.

The Pro version of EPoS will be launching in 
summer 2017, targeted at more sophisticated 
retailers who want full stock management,  
supplier ordering and links to symbol groups  
and wholesalers. PayPoint has already signed  
an agreement with Nisa, with others expected  
to sign up soon.

3,600 live
60% EPoS enabled
37m baskets

“ The new PayPoint One is very slick.  
It’s so much faster than the set-up we 
had before, which is important because 
we’re an extremely busy store with a big 
footfall. This means we have gained more 
time and the customers are happy.”

  Mr. Patel, Magnum News, London

4     PayPoint plc  Annual Report 2017

“ Incredibly useful service for people  
that work full time. I can now collect 
items in my own time, at my own 
convenience, from a store 5mins from 
where I live - early in the morning, or 
late in the evening. It’s good value and 
so many brands use them. Brilliant!”

  Trust Pilot review of Collect+

Parcels
Our Collect+ parcel service 
continues to grow strongly 
and uniquely delivers  
a proposition that fuses 
online and offline for the 
benefit of online shoppers 
and our retailers.

The service is available in 6,100 stores across the 
UK and provides customers the ability to click 
and collect, return or send parcels easily at a time 
and location that is convenient to them.

Over 23 million parcels were processed over 
the last 12 months with a high level of service 
satisfaction from users (TrustPilot 9.2/10). 

With the announcement of our new agreement in 
December 2016, we see further growth in this area, 
building our network to 7,000 stores and opening 
up our service to other carriers to offer further 
choice and convenience to online shoppers.

23m parcels
9.2/10 TrustPilot 
score
6,100 stores

PayPoint plc  Annual Report 2017     5

STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSCase studies

MultiPay
MultiPay is our multichannel 
payment service, offering 
consumer service providers  
a ready-made solution for 
their full range of payments 
via app, web, phone, text  
and IVR, complementing  
our cash in store services. 

Clients benefit from streamlining their consumer 
payment processing and transaction routing in a 
seamlessly integrated and cost-effective solution. 
The services are available either as a full portfolio 
or by the client’s choice of preferred channels, 
including our app which has a 4 star rating on the 
Google Play and Apple App Stores. Clients can 
choose to access our services as a full outsourced 
model or by linking their own digital solutions to 
our MultiPay payment suite.

MultiPay is particularly targeted to serve the 
rollout of smart meters within the energy market. 
For example, our service has helped Utilita to 
become the fastest growing, challenger prepay 
energy supplier and we have also signed several 
other energy companies, including SSE, our first 
big 6 energy client. Among other relevant sectors, 
MultiPay is available to the local authority and 
social housing sectors through a framework with 
Procurement for Housing.

10m transactions
10 seconds or less  
to top up
4/5 app rating

“ We are committed to delivering the 
best possible experience and central 
to this is providing a range of 
different payment options for 
customers. PayPoint has enabled  
us to further enhance our service, 
bringing convenience and simplicity 
to our customers.”

   Marc Brook,  
Head of Smart, Economy Energy

6     PayPoint plc  Annual Report 2017

Romania
Our business in Romania is 
now the leading consumer 
brand for bill payments, with 
an extensive network of 
11,300 stores and a brand 
awareness of 75%. PayPoint 
means trust, simplicity and 
convenience for the everyday 
needs of consumers.

The strong pull of PayPoint is equally attracting 
new and deeper relationships with service 
providers who want to access our expertise and 
unrivalled network. Over the last 12 months, new 
relationships have been signed and our Road Tax 
service continues to be popular, with 72% more 
payments made compared to the previous year.

More recently, our retail services offering is 
beginning to expand, particularly our Colet 
Expres parcel service currently being trialled in 
Bucharest, working with the leading Romanian 
carrier, FAN courier.

11,300 stores
88% satisfaction¹
75% awareness¹

“ We are happy with the results of our 
PayPoint agreement, especially given 
that our services cover the needs of 
millions of Romanians, anywhere in  
the country”

   Dan Ciceu and Dan Alexandru Cobeanu  
Scala Assistance founders

1.  Research conducted by by Millward Brown for PayPoint Romania, between April and May 2016.

PayPoint plc  Annual Report 2017     7

STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSOur business model

Our mission is to lead the market in 
the provision of products to consumer 
service companies and retailers, 
through innovative solutions and  
first class customer service.

Multichannel 
payments

Retail technology  
and services

Our retail  
networks

40,400  
stores

UK, Romania  
and Ireland

Dividends to 
shareholders

Strong cash 
conversion

Innovation and 
investment

8     PayPoint plc  Annual Report 2017

Strategic priorities

1.

Drive profitable growth  
in UK retail services

3.

Optimise profits  
in UK bill payments  
and top-ups

5.

Business  
optimisation

2.

Deliver parcels volume  
growth in the UK 

4.

Drive continued organic  
growth in Romania

PayPoint plc  Annual Report 2017     9

STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSChief Executive’s review

The past year has been one of significant 
strategic progress in reshaping and  
simplifying the business.

Our Retail networks business delivered a profit before tax¹ 
of £53.3 million, an increase of £0.5 million. This was driven 
by growth in net revenue² from retail services of £9.6 million², 
but offset by a decline in bill payments and top-ups of £2.8 
million and additional investment costs arising from PayPoint 
One, EPoS and MultiPay development and deployment. 

In total this financial year we paid £78.5 million to 
shareholders by means of the £29.5 million ordinary dividend, 
the first instalment of the additional dividend of £8.3 million 
and the return of £40.7 million from the proceeds of the sale 
of Online and Mobile. Our business model continues to be 
highly cash generative with £42.2 million of cash generated 
from operating activities in the year.

Business model
We have unrivalled strength in convenience retail 
payments and services with over 40,000 outlets across 
the UK and Romania. In both markets our business has 
two highly complementary business streams, payments 
and retail services. These operate from a common retail 
servicing capability and secure technology infrastructure.
This technology platform and our site network form the 
foundation from which we will drive future value.

Our first business stream, payments, provides convenient 
bill payment channels for the customers of major utilities 
and service companies. The PayPoint network supports the 
broadest range of payment types including bills, energy 
prepayments, mobile and eMoney top-ups, licences, rents, 
taxes, transport tickets, debt collection, deposits and 
repayments. We also pay out cash benefits and rebates.  
In payments, our retail partners are our distributors, earning 
commission and benefiting from the hundreds of millions 
of customer visits we generate. Some customers prefer to 
pay online and our MultiPay product extends to mobile app, 
website, IVR and text payments so we can help our clients 
to help customers pay in the way that suits them best. 

Our second business area builds on the strength of our retail 
networks and our technology, enabling us to provide multiple 
retail services to retailers. These additional services are 
highly competitive offers to retailers, charging fees for some 
services and earning commission for others. The range of 
retail services is already extensive but we continually innovate 
to generate new revenue streams. Our retail partners, in 
turn, are able to offer their customers a widening range of 
convenience payment products and services which keeps 
them coming into the store. The principal retail services are 
ATMs, card and other non-cash electronic payment solutions, 
Western Union agencies, SIM card sales, parcels and EPoS. 
As noted above, we have recently renegotiated the terms of 
our parcels joint arrangement with Yodel, to allow PayPoint to 

We have restructured the Group, with a new Executive 
Board in place and a focused single company vision, set 
of values and culture which together will drive ongoing 
improvements in effectiveness and customer service.  
We have rationalised the portfolio of businesses within the 
Group, with the sale of Online in January 2016 for £14.3 
million being followed in the year to 31 March 2017 by the 
sale of Mobile to VW Financial Services for £26.5 million. 
We have also concluded our discussions with Yodel, with  
a new Collect+ arrangement agreed that enables PayPoint 
to add new carriers to our UK retail services offering. 

We continue to focus on the needs of our retail customers. 
This year we launched our next generation terminal, PayPoint 
One, which received positive early feedback, and at 31 March 
2017 there were 3,600 sites operational. The terminal, with 
enhanced functionality, changes the proposition we can offer 
retailers and is a critical milestone for the business. We are 
excited about the growth potential from the rollout of the 
new terminal across our retail network alongside the other 
initiatives underway in the business.

Our financial results reflect the refocusing of the business 
with reported profit before tax of £69.1 million (2016: 
£8.2 million), including the profit on the sale of Mobile to 
VW Financial Services of £19.5 million partially offset by 
the loss of £3.8 million on the restructure of the Collect+ 
arrangement with Yodel. The 2016 year included impairment 
charges on Mobile and Online of £49.0 million.

This financial year also saw several non-recurring items, 
some of which will impact our operating profit performance 
in the financial year to 31 March 2018. These include a 
non-recurring VAT recovery of £2.0 million (included in retail 
services), the agreement to reduce Yodel parcel fees by 
£3.0 million over the next 3 years effective from December 
2016, and the closure by the Department for Work and 
Pensions (DWP) of their Simple Payment Service which has 
been generating over £4.0 million in net revenue per annum. 

1.  Retail networks consists of our UK, Ireland and Romanian retail businesses. A reconciliation, for each measure, from the statutory results to retail networks is included in note 4 to the 

financial statements.

2.  Net revenue is an alternative performance measure. Refer to note 3 to the financial statements for a reconciliation to revenue.

10     PayPoint plc  Annual Report 2017

open the Collect+ network to other carriers. Our intention is 
to create the definitive industry solution, allowing consumers 
to pick up and drop off parcels at their local shop irrespective 
of the carrier. Retail services have continued to grow strongly 
in recent years and this business area is becoming increasingly 
significant within our business mix. 

In payments, we remain committed to delivering our strategy 
which is focused on delivering multichannel payments 
solutions and services to our customers where we have 
retail networks. In retail services, we see significant growth 
opportunities for our unique retailer network and our 
differentiated and established technology platform to benefit 
from the high street evolution towards convenience. 

In order to execute our strategy, we have set out five clear 
priorities for the year ahead:

1. Drive profitable growth in UK retail services

Market context 
PayPoint’s services are particularly attractive to the 
convenience retail sector, which includes newsagents, 
general convenience stores, off licences and petrol station 
forecourts. We are also complementary to the convenience 
offers of larger format supermarkets. We build our 
relationship with retailers through our field sales force of  
50 professionals located throughout the UK and through 
our contact centre which is situated in Welwyn Garden 
City. We also hold quarterly Retailer Forums attended 
by PayPoint retailers and management to ensure open 
dialogue and communication.

PayPoint has payment relationships extending to over 29,000 
UK outlets drawn from an available market of approximately 
51,000 stores comprising 37,500 independents (of which 
14,000 are symbol-affiliated stores) and 13,500 multiple and 
managed symbol stores.¹ These 51,000 stores are PayPoint’s 
core marketplace, with growth and any extension beyond 
the convenience sector also representing an opportunity 
for our retail services. Historically, PayPoint has restricted 
supply of its branded payments footfall rather than looking 
to achieve blanket coverage of the entire convenience retail 
sector. As a result, PayPoint retailers are typically of good 
quality, desired by our clients and envied by our competitors. 
Overall, PayPoint pays our retailers over £50 million annually 
in commission for their critical role in our payments and retail 
services delivery.

Our retailers can be segmented into 3 broad sub-groups. 
We have 8,500 outlets that are in multiple chains, including 
The Co-op, McColls, One Stop and many other fuel and 
convenience chains. We also have coverage in all Asda 
stores, many Sainsbury’s Locals and increasingly in Tesco 
Express, as even the major grocers see the power of our 
footfall generation. The balance of our network is  
in independents, who may be unaffiliated or linked to a 
symbol group such as Spar, Costcutter, Nisa or Booker 
Premier. We have 11,500 unaffiliated independents, out 
of 23,500 in the UK and a further 9,000 symbol affiliated 
outlets out of 15,400 independent and managed symbol 
stores in the UK.

To serve multiples, we deploy our PPoS solution, a virtual 
terminal that integrates into the retailer’s own EPoS system 
for maximum operational efficiency. 

1.  Source: Association of Convenience Stores, Local Shop Report, September 2016
2.   www.link.co.uk/about-link/statistics

For independents, we offer a standalone terminal. Most of 
our retailers have our second generation yellow machine 
(T2) that has been deployed since 2003. Last year we 
launched PayPoint One, a transformational terminal 
platform, with a full range of connectivity options including 
WiFi and Bluetooth, which we will rollout across our 
estate over the next few years. With PayPoint One, we 
have also introduced a new EPoS capability which has 
seen encouraging uptake to date and that we expect to 
be a platform for significant future growth. PayPoint One 
provides our retailers with the ability to serve customers 
quickly, while providing advanced connectivity and 
improving business efficiency all within a flexible and fully-
supported technology platform.

Each of our retail services has its own market context and 
competitive dynamics, which are explained briefly here:

ATMs – we provide 4,100 ATMs out of an overall population 
in the LINK network of 70,000, of which 52,000 are 
non-bank branch machines2. Our machines are typically 
located in-store and are filled by our retailers using their 
own cash, including much of the money collected from 
our bill payments. We offer both free to use and surcharge 
machines with most new deployments being free to use. 
In general, cash withdrawal volumes are expected to 
decline steadily as the use of cash is eroded by contactless 
payments. However, while this decline is reflected in a rise in 
bank branch closures, growth in non-bank branch ATMs has 
continued and PayPoint’s position in the market gives us 
plenty of scope to grow. 

Card Payments – we provide 10,000 of our retailers with 
their in-store card payment solutions including Chip and 
PIN and contactless cards and mobile schemes such as 
Apple and Android Pay. We earn a margin on each payment 
through revenue share arrangements with merchant 
acquirers. In common with the market generally, we have 
been experiencing very strong contactless payment 
growth. These payments have a lower transaction value, 
earning us slightly less per transaction but for a much 
greater volume. This is a highly competitive market with 
many offers from merchant acquirers and intermediaries.

Money Transfer – we provide 1,100 outlets in the UK with 
Western Union agencies to serve the international money 
transfer market. This is a value-added, rather than strategic, 
service and we expect to remain a minor player.

SIM sales – we are selling mobile phone SIMs to 15,000 
outlets and have approximately a 6% market share, making 
a strong net revenue contribution. We earn commissions 
based on the top-up values on activated SIMs which 
we share with our retailers, and bonuses for achieving 
predetermined targets.

EPoS – this is a new market for PayPoint which we entered 
in June last year, with a price scanning solution built on the 
Android tablet characteristics of PayPoint One, with its 
large interactive screen, ergonomic design and advanced 
scanning capability. PayPoint One provides an integrated 
all-in-one solution, combining EPoS with card payments, 
bill payments, proprietary hardware, cloud management, 
business intelligence, service support and Android 
applications to support our retailers’ businesses. We expect 
our EPoS solution to be attractive to the independent 
sector, many of whom may be first time users, but we also 
expect strong symbol group adoption when we launch 
our Pro version in summer 2017. The Pro version will have 

PayPoint plc  Annual Report 2017     11

STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSChief Executive’s review continued

sophisticated stock management and ordering capability, 
managed in the cloud, representing a step change in 
EPoS market technology. We are also currently putting in 
place the necessary links, to integrate with symbol group 
wholesalers, to make the product more attractive. 

There are numerous EPoS providers in the UK typically 
serving more than one vertical, such as retail and hospitality. 
In convenience retailing, EPoS provision is more fragmented 
outside of the suppliers to the multiple chains. Suppliers 
service a few thousand locations at most and often working 
with legacy software sitting on older Microsoft Windows 
platforms, with localised back office functions which do not 
take advantage of cloud technology. EPoS products tend 
to carry an upfront hardware investment, with additional 
charges for installation and ongoing fees for service, support 
and licensing. As a consequence take up can be limited.  
With PayPoint’s modern technology and no upfront fees  
for the hardware, we expect to make inroads into this market 
and have been encouraged by the early take up.

Overall, the launch of PayPoint One integrates PayPoint’s 
payments stream with card payments and EPoS into a 
single leading edge hardware device. Our retail services 
success over many years has built a balanced portfolio 
of strong and highly competitive products with a good 
mix of strategic and tactical services across high growth 
and maturing markets. The market leading qualities of 
the PayPoint One platform will enable us to significantly 
increase our revenue over time by charging fees for the 
platform and its EPoS capabilities.

Progress in year
Overall, retail services accounted for 36% of UK net 
revenues, generating £39.0 million net revenue which 
represented growth of 30.9% on the previous year.  
We enjoyed continued growth in ATMs, card payments  
and SIMs net revenues. We also secured a VAT recovery  
of £2.4 million in card payments. The recurring net revenue 
benefit from the corrected treatment is approximately  
£1.0 million per annum.

We launched PayPoint One and installed over 3,600 
new terminals of which 60% have EPoS activated, with 
the remainder opting just to upgrade from our second 
generation terminal to use our Till App. We have also largely 
completed our EPoS Pro development for testing ahead 
of launch in a few months’ time and have secured our first 
symbol group integration agreements.

Future Delivery
We expect to achieve a PayPoint One network size of 
8,000 sites by March 2018 with high levels of EPoS and 
card payment attachment. This will include symbol retailers 
as the Pro version of EPoS is launched and wholesaler 
links are implemented. Nisa is the first symbol retailer to 
contract to be integrated with our EPoS Pro platform 
and we expect to sign others soon. Our card payments 
volume should continue to grow strongly. We will focus on 
protecting margins in a fiercely competitive market fuelled 
by the growth in contactless payments, which has made 
the convenience sector increasingly attractive. This year we 
plan to extend our net settlement capability from ATMs to 
card payments which should be a unique differentiator for 
PayPoint by off-setting our retailers’ banking costs.

We will be investing in our ATM network to continue to 
expand our presence throughout our retail network and  
to upgrade legacy hardware.

1.  Payments UK: 2016 UK Payments Markets – Summary

12     PayPoint plc  Annual Report 2017

2. Deliver parcels volume growth in the UK

Market context 
We provide 6,100 outlets with our Collect+ service, our joint 
arrangement with Yodel, a leading carrier. Collect+ was the 
first successful parcel collections and returns retail network in 
the UK, launched in 2009. The service has subsequently been 
copied by several other carriers but has not been matched 
in scale or customer popularity. This is a large market; IMRG 
states there are 250 million parcel returns a year and 165 
million click & collect parcels, both growing rapidly. 

Progress in the year
Collect+ is available in over 6,100 sites and the number 
of parcels processed in the year was over 23 million. 
Collect+ has gained a Trust Pilot score of 9.2 out of 10 
and is now a trusted and well regarded consumer brand. 
The restructured terms of the Collect+ joint arrangement 
are now in place. In return for a reduced transaction fee, 
PayPoint is no longer exclusively tied to using Yodel and 
now has the opportunity to extend the network of carriers 
we work with. 

Future delivery
PayPoint has an exciting opportunity to capture a significant 
share of the market. We have appointed a new Parcel 
Services Director with a significant track record in the parcels 
market to lead our efforts to capture new volumes. 

In the coming years, we expect strong growth with many more 
outlets and millions of extra parcels as the new approach beds 
in, supported by strong continuing delivery from our existing 
partner, Yodel. The new approach has come at a short-term 
cost as we have agreed to progressively reduce fees received 
from Yodel by £3.0 million over three years. On a like-for-like 
volume basis, this is expected to impact the year to 31 March 
2018 by £1.7 million with a further £1.0 million impact in the 
year to 31 March 2019. 

3.  Optimise profits in UK bill payments and 

top‑ups

Market context
Payments have traditionally been PayPoint’s most successful 
business area and we have developed a market leadership 
position in payment collection through convenience retail 
outlets. Our UK network numbers 29,100 sites, meaning that 
we are in the majority of available convenience retail outlets 
and we handle approximately 500 million transactions per 
annum through the network to a value of £9.0 billion. 

There are over 4.9 billion regular consumer payments a 
year¹, but the majority of these are made by direct debit 
through the banks, which would be the billers’ preferred 
collection method. However, this does not suit all 
customers. PayPoint’s strength is in serving the millions of 
householders, who prefer to pay their bills in cash over the 
counter. This has been a resilient sector which has fuelled 
our growth despite the long-term steady decline in cash as 
a payment method in the UK economy, relative to electronic 
and card payments.

PayPoint has always been particularly strong in energy 
payments as the breadth of our coverage in convenience 
retail outlets, combined with extended opening hours, 
provides an ideal solution for those who need to quickly 

Retailer pledge
We will:

4   support and respect  
you and deliver first  
class service

4   always innovate to improve 
our products and services  
and the value we bring to  
your business

4   listen and communicate 

4   champion the importance 

openly so we can 
understand and respond  
to your needs

of convenience retailers and 
the challenges you face

and conveniently switch their energy back on. Growth in 
the prepay energy sector peaked four years ago when a 
combination of factors including high tariffs, cold weather, 
high energy debts and high prepay meter installation rates 
created strong demand. Recently, however, growth has 
slowed, as the impact of these factors has reduced. 

a consequence of the two year government electricity rebate 
scheme coming to an end. Top-up transactions declined 
15.3% as a result of the continuing long-term decline in UK 
mobile top-ups. Payments account for 64% of overall UK net 
revenues. Net revenues held up better than volumes as bigger 
clients lost share to challengers, benefiting our pricing mix.

We expect that the introduction of smart meters, which 
has been subject to delays in commissioning by the Data 
Communications Company (DCC), will open more digital 
payment options for consumers, and that payments by app 
or website will erode some cash volumes in prepay mode. 
As of 31 December 2016, there was a total of 22.8 million 
gas meters and 27.5 million electricity meters operated by 
large and small energy suppliers in domestic properties 
across Great Britain. Active smart meters¹ (gas and electric) 
accounted for 4.9 million of the total number of meters, 
an increase of 2.9 million compared to 2015. In order to 
address this opportunity, PayPoint has been developing its 
MultiPay service in recent years and is well placed to serve 
retail and digital payments through an integrated platform 
for energy clients. 

From 1 April 2017, the Competition and Markets Authority 
has introduced a price cap for prepayment customers which 
it estimates will reduce households’ heating bills by on 
average £75 a year². It is too early to fully understand the 
impact this will have on PayPoint, however we estimate each 
prepay customer’s average top-up value is around £15 a visit.

The slowdown in the energy payments sector and 
uncertainty around smart meters, combined with the longer 
term decline in mobile top-ups and in cash as a payment 
method in the UK economy, means that we anticipate 
reducing net revenue in PayPoint’s traditional sectors.  
As a result, our focus is on maximising profitability in UK  
bill payments and top-ups, managing margins and cashflow 
through both continuing innovation and a relentless focus 
on business process and cost efficiency. 

Progress in year
Bill payment volumes reduced by 6.6% in the year because 
of softening energy prepay and a reduction in CashOut 
transactions. CashOut transactions reduced as  

MultiPay volumes have been growing strongly and we 
handled 10.3 million payments, up 4.9 million from last year, 
through our non-retail digital channels. We have also recently 
completed the implementation for SSE, our first big 6 energy 
client for MultiPay. The service is also proving particularly 
attractive to some of the main challengers in the energy 
market as well as smaller suppliers. At the end of the financial 
year, 15 clients had contracted to use the service.

We have had a steady stream of new business and have 
added 67 new schemes in the year including, for the first 
time, local authorities deciding to work with us directly and 
exclusively, having previously split their volumes across the 
Post Office and PayPoint. We have also added clients for 
digital voucher services, including a new arrangement with 
Amazon which is still in its early days.

We also went live with our new FCA regulated Payment 
Institution, PayPoint Payment Services Limited, which 
allows us to provide certain regulated payment services  
and to extend the range of our CashOut services.

Future delivery
The payments business is likely to continue to be affected 
by the uncertainty relating to smart meters and the general 
long-term decline of cash and top-ups. However, there is 
a strong residual demand for cash payment that we will 
continue to serve successfully and expand where possible, 
with new schemes and products for our customers. As more 
challenger businesses take share from the big traditional 
suppliers, we would also expect to see some margin 
benefits through less revenue concentration. We have also 
been able to renegotiate terms with retailers and symbol 
groups, improving margin, as a result of the diminishing 
importance of mobile top-up volumes. 

1.  Department for Business, Energy & Industrial Strategy: Smart Meters Quarterly Report to end December 2016
2.  Competition and Markets Authority: Modernising the energy market 24 June 2016

PayPoint plc  Annual Report 2017     13

STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
Chief Executive’s review continued

5. Business optimisation

Our refocus on our retail businesses has highlighted 
opportunities for us to invest in tools and capabilities  
to enable our client and field teams to more effectively  
sell a portfolio of products. 

In conjunction with the rollout of PayPoint One, we have 
also publicly pledged to our UK retailers that we intend to 
deliver first class servicing of their requirements through 
the entire lifecycle of on-boarding, operational support 
and status changes. This will require us to invest in efficient 
workflow and billing systems with accurate and timely 
supporting information, for our retailers and ourselves,  
so we can serve them effectively.

We are making a considerable investment of £4.0 million over 
18 months in these tools and capabilities but are expecting 
significant improvements in sales and operational efficiencies.

We are also reviewing our processes to ensure we are 
innovating efficiently and driving maximum return for our 
investments in product and technology. 

Outlook
We have made good progress in reshaping the business, 
including the disposal of Mobile and Online. This enables 
greater focus on our retail network specifically by providing 
EPoS solutions to our retailers and on pursuing a multi-
carrier strategy for parcels, both of which are exciting 
prospects going forward. In time I believe there will be 
opportunities to further extend our geographic footprint, 
leveraging the scale and capability of our platform, however 
international expansion will be a lower priority for the 
immediate future.

To support our growth agenda, we are making incremental 
investment in capabilities and tools to improve our sales 
productivity, foster continued innovation, accelerate 
commercial deployment and deliver greater operational 
efficiencies.

For the current financial year, we expect robust net 
revenue growth in UK retail services and Romania. This will 
broadly offset the impact of our additional investments, 
the reduced fees earned from Yodel and the expected 
continuing net revenue reduction in UK cash payments, 
including the ending of the Simple Payment Scheme and 
the changing energy market dynamics.

We are confident that PayPoint is well positioned to 
continue to drive sustainable medium-term earnings 
growth, generate cash and support superior returns to 
shareholders.

Dominic Taylor
Chief Executive
25 May 2017

We expect the year ahead to be adversely affected by a 
recent decision of the DWP to discontinue its Simple Payment 
Service from this summer, for which we have been the retail 
partner. Unfortunately, the service has been a victim of its 
own success in migrating customers away from the traditional 
girocheque into other methods, giving the DWP the ability to 
close down the option. This service has generated revenue for 
PayPoint of over £4 million per annum historically. 

PayPoint will continue to handle hundreds of millions 
of payments for the UK’s leading consumer service 
organisations and payments will remain a critical element 
in our business mix going forward. Our unique payments 
portfolio is central to the popularity of our brand with 
retailers and consumers and provides the platform on 
which our retail services are thriving. In addition, we are 
well placed to drive further MultiPay growth with more 
challengers, our first volumes for a big 6 supplier and 
the potential to extend into other bill payment sectors, 
including housing.

4. Drive continued organic growth in Romania

Market context
PayPoint Romania follows a similar business model to the 
UK, but in a market in which cash bill payment is a mass 
market proposition. Over 10 years, PayPoint has become 
one of Romania’s most successful and popular financial 
brands, handling on average 24% of our clients’ payments. 
We expect cash to be the dominant bill payment method 
well into the future. The range of payments solutions 
offered by PayPoint is extensive including energy, telecoms 
and pay TV bills, road tax, eMoney vouchers, insurance 
premiums and loan repayments. As in the UK, we work  
with all the leading suppliers.

Romania is also a strong remittance market, mainly as 
receivers of payments from overseas. As in the UK, we work 
with the market leaders Western Union in what is still a high 
growth sector.

Progress in year
We have continued to make strong organic progress in the 
year growing our net revenues in Romania to £9.1 million,  
an increase of 28.2% on the prior year. Our retail network  
has grown to 11,300 sites and includes strong representation 
from independents and multiples, including Profi, Cora 
and Carrefour. We enjoyed record volumes of 75 million 
transactions, including growth in mobile top-ups, not just  
bill payments. 

Future delivery
The Romanian payments market continues to evolve with 
clients moving away from the local post office creating further 
opportunities for us. We will continue to expand our market 
share with existing clients and to add new clients. In the year, 
we successfully added our first local authority which we will 
use as a case study to entice other local authorities. 

We plan to extend our retailer services offering in Romania. 
We are trialling a parcels service, Colet Expres, in Bucharest, 
working with the leading Romanian carrier, FAN courier.  
The home shopping market in Romania is still developing and  
is generally based on cash on delivery, but we are excited 
about the opportunity the parcels service presents.  
In addition, we are trialling a card payment service for retailers. 

We currently have an agreed offer to buy Payzone in  
Romania, which is subject to competition authority approval.

14     PayPoint plc  Annual Report 2017

Key performance indicators (KPIs)

In order to realise its strategic aims, PayPoint has identified areas of strategic focus  
and records a number of KPIs to measure progress against them. The KPIs presented  
this year have changed in that they exclude the disposed activities of Mobile and Online.  
Whilst these KPIs are helpful in measuring the Group’s performance, they are not exhaustive 
and the Group uses many other measures to monitor progress.

Strategic focus

KPI

Description and purpose

Maximise 
shareholder 
return  
(see page 23)

Earnings per share 
(Retail networks)1 

Retail earnings (see note 11) divided by the weighted 
average number of ordinary shares in issue during 
the year (including potential dilutive ordinary shares). 
Earnings per share is a measure of the profit of the 
ongoing business attributable to each share.

Dividends  
per share

Proposed final dividend and interim dividend divided by 
the number of fully paid shares at the end of the year. 
Dividend per share provides a measure of the return to 
our shareholders.

Economic profit1

Operating profit before impairments and profit on 
business disposals after tax and a charge for capital 
employed, excluding cash, based upon the Group’s 
cost of capital. Economic profit provides a consistent 
measure of the profit aligned to the remuneration of 
management.

Drive profitable 
growth in UK 
retail services 
and continued 
organic growth 
in Romania  
(see pages  
11 and 14)

Retail networks 
transactions

Number of transactions processed in the year on our 
terminals and ATMs. Transaction volume provides a 
measure of the source of revenue which is earned on  
a per transaction basis.

Retail networks 
transaction value

The value of transactions processed via our terminals 
and ATMs. Transaction value provides a measure of the 
source of revenue which is earned on a percentage of 
the transaction value.

Retail networks  
net revenue1

Revenue less: commissions paid to retail agents and 
the cost of mobile top-ups and SIM cards where 
PayPoint is principal. Net revenue reflects the benefit 
attributable to PayPoint’s performance eliminating 
pass-through costs and is a reliable indication of 
contribution from business operations.

PayPoint One sites The number of sites with our PayPoint One platform. 
This provides a measure of the source of service fee 
revenue from PayPoint One terminals and EPoS.

Business 
optimisation 
(see page 14)

Retail networks 
operating margin1

Operating profit before impairments and profit on 
business disposals as a percentage of net revenue. 
Operating margin provides a broad overview of the 
efficient and effective management of the cost base.

Return on capital 
employed1 

Operating profit before impairments and business 
disposals for the year divided by average month end 
capital employed (net assets excluding cash). Return 
on capital employed provides a broad overview of the 
efficient and effective use of capital in our business.

Growth/(decline)  
in Retail networks 
yield per site1

Growth/(decline) in net revenue from Retail networks 
divided by the average number of sites in the year. 
Network yield provides a broad overview of the efficient 
and effective use of our network.

People 
(see pages  
25 to 27)

Labour turnover

Number of permanent employees who left during the 
year divided by average total permanent employees. 
Labour turnover provides an indication of employee  
job satisfaction.

1.  These KPIs are alternative performance measures and are not directly comparable to statutory measures

2017

2016

64.3p

62.5p

45.0p

42.4p

£39.2 
million

£32.8
million

654.8 
million

668.2 
million

£10.4 
billion

£10.4 
billion

£117.5 
million

£110.7 
million

3,601

38

45.3%

47.7%

184.3%

70.4%

2.2%

(2.9%) 

29.0%

33.0% 

PayPoint plc  Annual Report 2017     15

STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSReview of business

The review of business presented includes highlights on 
page 1, the Chairman’s statement on page 3 and the  
Chief Executive’s review on pages 10 to 14.

Operating review

PayPoint is a service provider for consumer transactions 
through various distribution channels, involving the 
processing of high volume transactions, the management 
of retailers and clients, the settlement of funds (collection 
and transmission) and transmission of data in a secure 
environment, by the application of technology.

The application of technology is directed on a Group basis 
by the Group’s Executive Board to develop products 
across the business, prioritised on an economic value 
basis (generally by product), rather than on a subsidiary 
by subsidiary basis and therefore the Group has only one 
operating segment. 

We have however, included an analysis of the number and 
value of consumer transactions, revenue and net revenue 
distinguishing between our Retail networks and Mobile  
and Online.

Retail networks
The Group has established retail networks in the UK, Ireland 
and Romania which continued to grow by 3.2% to 40,478 sites.

UK & Ireland Retail 
network 
Romania Retail network
Total sites

Year ended
31 March
2017
29,176

11,302
40,478

Year ended
31 March
 2016
29,087

10,141
39,228

Change
%
0.3

11.4
3.2

In the first half of the year our focus was on the rollout of 
PayPoint One terminals with 3,601 terminals installed at 
sites by 31 March 2017. Our focus on rollout of PayPoint 
One to our existing sites resulted in low growth in the total 
number of UK sites of 0.3%. PayPoint One will replace the 
previous version of our terminal and is a platform from 
which we can launch and offer new services to retailers. 

We continue to rollout PPoS to symbol groups who want to 
provide PayPoint services, but have their own till and EPoS 
applications and do not take our PayPoint One platform. At 
year end there were 8,487 PPoS sites (2016: 8,101 PPoS). 

In Romania, we increased the number of terminal sites  
by 1,161 in the year, an increase of 11.4%. 

Within Retail networks we distinguish between three 
business categories, namely bill and general, top-ups and 
retail services and each is reviewed separately below. 
Overall transactions declined by 13.4 million to 654.8 million 
(2016: 668.2 million), with UK declining by 3.6% offset by 
robust growth in Romania of 12.1%. Average transaction 
values in prepaid energy and UK mobile top-ups continue to 
increase which has offset the declining transaction volume. 
Transaction value of £10.4 billion (2016: £10.4 billion) was 
broadly in line with last year.

UK transactions 
(million)
Romania transactions 
(million)
Total transactions 
(million)
Transaction value (£m)
Revenue (£m)¹
Net revenue (£m)²

Year ended  
31 March 
2017
579.8

Year ended 
31 March 
2016
601.3

Change
%
(3.6)

75.0

66.9

12.1

654.8

668.2

(2.0)

10,409.6
203.4
117.5

10,390.8
196.4
110.7

0.2
3.6
6.2

Despite the decline in transactions, revenue¹ increased £7.0 
million to £203.4 million (2016: £196.4 million) due to card 
payment VAT (discussed below), change in mix of clients 
and growth in setup and service fees. 

In prior years, card payment revenue was treated as 
standard rated for VAT purposes with the VAT element 
deducted from revenue. To bring our treatment in line with 
the industry practice, this was changed to be VAT exempt, 
resulting in a VAT recovery from HMRC of £2.4 million 
relating to prior years. We expect that on an annualised 
basis revenue will be approximately £1.0 million higher than 
when treated as standard rated. As a result of the change 
in VAT treatment, irrecoverable VAT, which is included as a 
cost in administrative expenses, increased by £1.2 million 
including £0.4 million related to prior years.

Net revenue has increased by £6.8 million to £117.5 million 
(2016: £110.7 million) for the same reasons as revenue  
set out above, plus a reduction of retailer commission  
(£1.3 million).

1.  Retail networks consists of our UK, Ireland and Romanian businesses. A reconciliation from the statutory results to Retail networks is included in note 4 to the financial statements. 
2.  Net Revenue is an alternative performance measure. Refer to note 3 to the financial statements for reconciliation to revenue.

16     PayPoint plc  Annual Report 2017

Bill and general 
Bill and general is our most established category and 
consists of prepaid energy, bill payments and CashOut 
services.

Transactions (million)
Transaction value (£m)
Revenue (£m)¹
Net revenue (£m)²

Year ended
31 March
2017
430.5
8,489.9
82.5
58.5

Year ended
31 March
 2016
449.2
8,557.7
85.8
59.5

Change
%
(4.2)
(0.8)
(3.7)
(1.7)

Bill and general transactions were lower than the previous 
year by 4.2%. UK and Irish bill and general transactions 
were down 6.6% due to lower prepaid and CashOut energy 
transactions. MultiPay continued to grow strongly with 
transactions for the year ended 31 March 2017 reaching 
10.3 million (2016: 5.4 million). 

Growth in Romanian bill payment transactions continued 
with an increase of 11.6% to 67.2 million (2016: 60.2 
million). Romania continued to expand its market share with 
existing clients to 23.8% in March (2016: 21.8%) and also 
continued to add new clients across new sectors, including 
its first local authority.

Net revenue of £58.5 million was 1.7% down on last year’s 
£59.5 million, the mix of clients (increase in smaller but higher 
yielding clients) and changes to our retail commission terms 
reduced the impact from the decline in transaction volume. 

Top‑ups
Top-ups include transactions where consumers can top 
up their mobiles and prepaid debit cards. They can also 
purchase eMoney vouchers and lottery tickets. In Ireland 
and Romania, PayPoint is principal in the sale of mobile 
top-ups and, accordingly, the face value of the top-up is 
included in revenue and the corresponding costs deducted 
when deriving net revenue.

Transactions (million)
Transaction value (£m)
Revenue (£m)¹
Net revenue (£m)²

Year ended
31 March
2017
68.9
731.6
63.6
19.1

Year ended
31 March
 2016
79.0
767.4
63.3
20.9

Change
%
(12.8)
(4.7)
0.4
(8.4)

Top-up transactions decreased 12.8% to 68.9 million. The 
reduction in UK mobile top-up transactions and The Health 
Lottery was only partly offset by an increase in other UK 
and Romanian top-up transactions. Romania increased its 
top-up transactions by 16% to 7.3 million.

The average value of UK mobile top-ups continued to 
increase which mitigated the reduction in net revenue, 
which declined 8.4% to £19.1 million.

Retail services
Retail services are those we provide to retailers who form 
part of our networks. Services include providing the PayPoint 
One platform, which has a basic till application, EPoS, ATMs, 
card payment, parcels, money transfer and SIMs. 

Transactions (million)
Transaction value (£m)
Revenue (£m)¹
Net revenue (£m)²

Year ended
31 March
2017
155.4
1,188.1
57.3
39.9

Year ended
31 March
 2016
140.0
1,065.7
47.3
30.3

Change
%
11.0
11.5
21.0
31.6

Retail services transaction volume has increased across all 
major products: ATM transactions increased by 8.0%, card 
payment transactions by 12.2% and parcels by 12.6% over 
last year.

Net revenue growth of 31.6% to £39.9 million exceeded 
the growth in transactions as a result of the benefit from 
the change in VAT rating in card payments (see page 16 for 
further details) the growth of service fees from PayPoint 
One, a reduction in the card payment wholesale rate and 
bonuses earned on our SIM activations. 

The number of sites in the UK with retail services is as follows:

PayPoint One
Collect+ 
Card payment
ATM

Year ended
31 March
2017
3,601
6,167
10,024
4,165

Year ended
31 March
 2016
38
5,936
10,111
4,120

Change
%

-
3.9
(0.9)
1.1

1.  Retail networks consists of our UK, Ireland and Romanian businesses. A reconciliation from the statutory results to Retail networks is included in note 4 to the financial statements. 
2.  Net Revenue is an alternative performance measure. Refer to note 3 to the financial statements for reconciliation to revenue.

PayPoint plc  Annual Report 2017     17

STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSReview of business continued

Mobile and Online
The Group disposed of its online payments business on  
8 January 2016 and its mobile payments business on  
23 December 2016. The results below reflect the trading 
of these businesses up to the date of their respective 
disposals.

Operating costs
Statutory
Operating costs (administrative expenses) decreased £2.1 
million (3.8%) to £53.6 million (2016: £55.7 million) caused 
by a £7.6 million reduction from Mobile and Online with 
Retail networks increasing £5.5 million.

Retail networks
Retail networks’ operating costs increased by £5.5 million 
to £47.5 million as a result of:

–   lower VAT input recovery resulting from the VAT 

treatment change for card payments;

–   the rollout of PayPoint One;

–   an increase in IT people costs; and

–   an increase in LTIP and DABS bonus scheme costs.

Share of profit in joint venture
The accounting policy for joint arrangements and details of 
the arrangement with Yodel are included in note 1 and 15 to 
the notes to the financial statements. Our share of the Drop 
and Collect Limited profit up to the date it was disposed of 
as part of the arrangement was £1.2 million (2016: loss of 
£0.2 million). A loss on disposal of £3.8 million was recorded 
at the date of sale.

The new Collect+ joint arrangement has been accounted for 
as a joint operation with the Group’s share of the royalty fee 
included in revenue. Our share of income from 16 December 
2016 to 31 March 2017 was £0.3 million.

Year ended
31 March
2017
40.3
136.0
8.5
6.4

Year ended
31 March
 2016
150.5
3,650.9
16.2
13.0

Change
%
(73.2)
(96.3)
(47.4)
(50.9)

Transactions (million)
Transaction value (£m)
Revenue (£m)¹
Net revenue (£m)²

Financial Review

Mobile and Online are included in our statutory results up to 
the date of their respective disposals resulting in this year’s 
performance not being directly comparable to last year. 
In order to assist users to more clearly review our financial 
performance for the year we have provided an analysis of 
our reported statutory results split between the ongoing 
Retail networks and the now disposed of Mobile and Online. 

Revenue
Revenue for the year was £211.9 million (2016: £212.6 
million) and consists of Retail networks revenue of £203.4 
million (2016: £196.4 million) and Mobile and Online revenue 
of £8.5 million (2016: £16.2 million) up to the date of their 
respective disposals. Revenue and net revenue analysis is 
included in the operating review on pages 16 to 18. 

Cost of revenue
In the current year ‘cost of sales’ was renamed ‘cost of 
revenue’ to better reflect the nature of the costs included 
in this category. The costs allocated to this category are 
consistent with the prior year’s allocations.

Statutory
Cost of revenue reduced by £0.5 million to £106.0 million 
(2016: £106.5 million), with a reduction from Mobile 
and Online of £1.5 million offset by an increase in Retail 
networks of £1.0 million.

Retail networks
Cost of revenue in Retail networks increased to £102.7 
million (2016: £101.7 million). The revenue growth achieved 
in Romanian top-ups, where PayPoint acts as principal, 
increased the cost of top-ups by £4.2 million to £32.3 
million (2016: £28.1 million). Depreciation and amortisation 
increased by £1.7 million principally due to the launch and 
rollout of PayPoint One. The above increases were partially 
offset by a reduction in transaction costs from the lower 
level of energy CashOut schemes and commissions paid 
to retailers reducing to £53.7million. Retailer commissions 
reduced as a result of the decline in UK bill payments and 
top-up transactions and revenue and changes to the level 
of commission share with symbol retailers.

Statutory gross profit margin remained broadly similar to 
last year at 50.0% (2016: 49.9%), with Retail networks 
gross margins increasing from 48.2% to 49.5% driven by 
the £2.4 million VAT recovery and changes to the level of 
commission share.

1.  Retail networks consists of our UK, Ireland and Romanian businesses. A reconciliation from the statutory results to Retail networks is included in note 4 to the financial statements. 
2.  Net Revenue is an alternative performance measure. Refer to note 3 to the financial statements for reconciliation to revenue.

18     PayPoint plc  Annual Report 2017

Operating margin 
Statutory
The improved operating margin of 1.5ppts to 42.2% (2016: 
40.7%) includes the benefit of reduced losses in the Group 
results from Mobile and Online and the improved result 
from the Drop and Collect joint venture.

Retail networks
Operating margin in retail networks declined by 2.4ppts to 
45.3% (2016: 47.7%), as a result of increased operating costs.

Profit on sale of Mobile
Mobile was sold to Volkswagen Financial Services AG for 
£26.5 million. After deducting sale costs, a profit on sale of 
£19.5 million was recorded, details of which are included in 
note 9 to the financial statements. The gross proceeds of 
£26.5 million from the sale were distributed to shareholders 
on 11 January 2017. 

Profit before tax and taxation
The tax charge of £9.5 million (2016: £10.2 million) on profit 
before tax of £69.1 million (2016: £8.2 million) represents 
an effective tax rate1 of 17.8% (2016: 20.5%). The effective 
tax rate reduced due to an adjustment to prior year taxes 
following finalisation of those tax returns (£1.1 million, 
effective tax rate reduced by 2.0%), reduction in Mobile 
losses for which there was no tax relief and the increase of 
a deferred tax asset for share based payments, taking into 
account the increased likelihood of share schemes vesting 
and related tax relief. The statutory tax rate reduced to 
13.8% (2016: 125.7%) primarily as a result of no goodwill 
impairments being recognised in the current year (2016: 
£49.0 million).

Statement of financial position and capital expenditure
Non-current assets of £47.6 million were £8.4 million 
higher than last year driven by substantially higher capital 
expenditure (£17.5 million). Working capital increased by 
£7.4 million caused by reduced client funds within trade 
and other payables. Prior year client funds held were higher 
than in previous years and this year due to the early Easter 
holiday delaying transfers to clients.

Cash flow and liquidity
Cash generated by operations was £51.0 million (2016: 
£69.0 million), reflecting strong conversion of profit to cash 
and the reduction in client funds from last year. 

Corporation tax of £8.6 million (2016: £9.9 million) was 
paid in the current year and was net of refunds for over 
payments made in prior years. Capital expenditure of £17.5 
million (2016: £8.2 million) comprised the purchase of the 
freehold of the adjacent building at Welwyn Garden City 
for £3.6 million, which we already partly occupied, PayPoint 
One terminals, EPoS and MultiPay development, data 
centre development and purchase of ATMs.

Share incentive schemes settled in cash absorbed £0.4 
million (2016: £0.6 million). Dividends paid were £78.5 
million (2016: £27.4 million) details of which are included  
in note 24 to the financial statements. 

The Group has cash of £53.1 million, and has an undrawn 
£45.0 million revolving term credit facility expiring in May 
2019. Cash includes amounts held to settle short-term 
client settlement obligations, which at the year end, 
amounted to £20.2 million. 

The additional dividend and final dividend, if approved by 
shareholders, will utilise £37.1 million cash. The financial 
statements have been prepared on a going concern basis 
having regard to the identified risks and viability statement 
on pages 20 to 22. The Group’s cash and borrowing 
capacity provide sufficient funds to meet the foreseeable 
needs of the Group including dividends.

Economic profit
PayPoint’s own measure of economic profit (defined 
as operating profit excluding impairment and profit on 
disposals of businesses, less tax and a nominal capital 
charge of 10%) was £39.2 million (2016: £32.8 million),  
an increase of 19.6%.

Dividend
We propose to pay a final dividend of 30p per share on  
31 July 2017 (2016: 28.2p) to shareholders on the 
register on 23 June 2017, subject to the approval of the 
shareholders at the annual general meeting together with 
the additional dividend of 24.5p per share. An interim 
dividend of 15.0p (2016: 14.2p) was paid on 15 December 
2016, making a total ordinary dividend for the year of  
45.0p per share (2016: 42.4p), up 6.1%.

Rachel Kentleton
Finance Director
25 May 2017

1.  Effective tax rate is the tax cost as a percentage of operating profit before impairments and profits and losses on business disposals.

PayPoint plc  Annual Report 2017     19

STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSPrincipal risks and uncertainties

Risks
PayPoint’s business, financial condition or operations could be materially and adversely 
affected by the risks summarised below. Although management takes steps to mitigate risks 
where possible or where the cost of doing so is reasonable in relation to the probability and 
seriousness of the risk, it may not be possible to avoid the occurrence of some or all of such 
risks. The Group’s level of risk in each area remains broadly the same as last year except for 
exposure to country and regional risk which has been reduced due to the sale of the Mobile 
business, together with the risk of acquisitions not meeting expectations and the addition  
of the risk associated with Brexit. The Group’s risk management policies and procedures are 
also discussed in the governance statement on page 43.

Risk area

Potential impact

Mitigation strategies

Cyber, technology & process and Fraud

Loss or inappropriate 
usage of data

Interruptions in business 
processes or systems

The Group’s business requires the appropriate 
and secure use of consumer and other 
sensitive information. Electronic commerce 
requires the secure transmission of 
confidential information over public networks. 
Increasingly, internal systems make use of third 
party hosted services (cloud services) and 
several of our products are accessed through 
the internet. Fraudulent activity, cyber-crime 
or security breaches in connection with 
maintaining data and the delivery of our 
products and services could harm our 
reputation, business and operating results.

The Group’s ability to provide reliable services 
largely depends on the efficient and 
uninterrupted operation of our computer 
network systems, financial settlement 
systems, data and call centres, as well as 
maintaining sufficient staffing levels. System 
or network interruptions, recovery from fraud 
or security incidents or the unavailability of 
key staff or management resulting from a 
pandemic outbreak could delay and disrupt 
our ability to develop, deliver or maintain our 
products and services, causing harm to our 
business and reputation and resulting in loss 
of customers or revenue.

The Group has established physical security 
controls at its data centres and rigorous cyber 
security, anti-fraud and whistleblowing 
standards, procedures, and recruitment and 
training schemes, which are embedded 
throughout its business operations. The 
Group also screens new employees carefully. 
Continued investments are made in cyber 
security, including the significant use of data 
and communications encryption technology, 
improvements in e-mail and web filtering and 
testing and removal of system vulnerabilities. 
We have also developed plans for responding 
to a breach of security.

Comprehensive business continuity plans and 
incident management programmes are 
maintained to minimise business and 
operational disruptions, including fraudulent 
activity, system failure or pandemic incidents. 
Support arrangements have been established 
with third party vendors and there are strict 
standards, procedures and training schemes 
for business continuity. 

Clients, agents & other third parties

Dependence upon third 
parties to provide data 
and certain operational 
services

The Group’s business model is dependent 
upon third parties to provide operational 
services, the loss of which could significantly 
impact the quality of our services. Similarly, if 
one of our outsource providers, including third 
parties with whom we have strategic 
relationships, were to experience financial or 
operational difficulties, their services to us 
would suffer or they may no longer be able to 
provide services to us at all, significantly 
impacting delivery of our products or services.

The Group selects and negotiates agreements 
with strategic suppliers and agents based on 
criteria such as delivery assurance and 
reliability. Single points of failure are avoided, 
where practicable and economically feasible. 
Controls are regularly reviewed and improved 
to minimise risk of retailer churn caused by 
financial loss to retailers through fraudulent 
third party activity.

20     PayPoint plc  Annual Report 2017

Risk area

Potential impact

Mitigation strategies

Consolidation among 
clients and markets

Consolidation of retailers and clients could 
result in reductions in the Group’s revenue and 
profits through price compression from 
combined service agreements or through a 
reduced number of clients.

The Group monitors client and retailer 
concentration risk to ensure that no one client 
or retailer accounts for a disproportionate 
share of the Group’s net revenue. In addition, 
the Group continues to acquire new clients 
and retailers to reduce reliance on existing 
sources of revenue.

Legal, regulatory & compliance

Legislation or regulatory 
reforms and risk of non‑
compliance

The Group is largely unregulated by financial 
services regulations, although in the UK we 
have Payment Institution status (through 
PayPoint Payment Services Limited), which 
enables the provision of regulated payment 
services, under the Payment Services 
Regulations 2009, including certain CashOut 
services. The Group’s agents which offer 
money transfer on behalf of third party clients 
are licensed as Money Service Businesses by 
HMRC. We are subject to Payment Card 
Industry Data Security Standards regulated 
by the card schemes. Regulatory reform could 
increase the cost of the Group’s operations or 
deny access to certain territories in the 
provision of certain services. Non-compliance 
with law, regulation, privacy or information 
security laws could have serious implications 
in cost and reputational damage to the Group.

The Group’s legal department works closely 
with senior management to adopt strategies 
to educate legislature, regulators, consumer 
and privacy advocates and other stakeholders 
to support the public policy debate, where 
appropriate, to ensure regulation does not 
have unintended consequences over the 
Group’s services. The Group has in place a 
business ethics policy which requires 
compliance with local legislation in all the 
territories in which the Group operates. A 
central compliance department co-ordinates 
all compliance monitoring and reporting. 
Subsidiary managing and finance directors are 
required to sign annual compliance 
statements. A review is underway to ensure 
that the Group is compliant with the 
requirements of the General Data Protection 
Regulations prior to the May 2018 deadline.

Materially adverse 
litigation

The Group contracts with a number of large 
service organisations for which it provides 
services essential to their customers. Failure 
to perform in accordance with contractual 
terms could give rise to litigation.

The Group seeks to limit exposure in its 
contracts. Mitigating actions are taken where 
contractual exposures are above the norm, 
including insurance coverage, where 
appropriate and economically sustainable.

Loss or infringement of 
intellectual property 
rights

HR/Personnel

Dependence on 
recruitment and retention 
of highly skilled personnel

The Group’s success depends, in part, upon 
proprietary technology and related 
intellectual property rights. Some protection 
can be achieved but in many cases, little 
protection can be secured. Third parties may 
claim that the Group is infringing their 
intellectual property rights or our intellectual 
property rights could be infringed by third 
parties. If we do not enforce or defend the 
Group’s intellectual property rights 
successfully, our competitive position may 
suffer, which could harm our operating results.

The Group, where appropriate and feasible, 
relies upon a combination of patent, 
copyright, trademark and trade secret laws, as 
well as various contractual restrictions, to 
protect our proprietary technology and 
continues to monitor this situation. The Group 
also defends vigorously all third party 
infringement claims.

The ability of the Group to meet the demands 
of the market and compete effectively is, to a 
large extent, dependent on the skills, 
experience and performance of its personnel. 
Demand is high for individuals with 
appropriate knowledge and experience in 
payments, IT and support services. The 
inability to attract, motivate or retain key 
talent could have a serious consequence on 
the Group’s ability to service client 
commitments and grow our business. 

Effective recruitment programmes are 
on-going across all business areas, as well as 
personal and career development initiatives. 
The executive management reviews talent 
potential twice a year and retention plans are 
put in place for individuals identified at risk of 
leaving. Compensation and benefits 
programmes are competitive and also 
reviewed regularly.

PayPoint plc  Annual Report 2017     21

STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSPrincipal risks and uncertainties continued

Risk area

Potential impact

Mitigation strategies

Economic Growth

Brexit

The effect on inter-company transactions and 
the Group’s international expansion plans may 
be adversely affected by the outcomes of the 
negotiations between the UK government and 
the other member countries during the UK’s 
exit from the European Union.

Due to the current uncertainties with the 
Brexit negotiations the Group is still 
considering appropriate mitigation strategies. 
However, the bulk of the Group’s operations 
and revenues are UK-based. Romania and 
Ireland will remain within the EU and are 
unlikely to be significantly affected by Brexit.

Foreign exchange 
fluctuations

As the Group operates in Romania and Ireland, 
it is exposed to the risk of currency 
fluctuations and the unpredictability of 
financial markets in which it operates.

The Group’s financial risk management seeks 
to minimise potentially adverse effects on the 
Group’s financial performance. 

Product/project management

Technological changes 
and increasing 
competition

The Group operates in a number of 
geographic, product and service markets that 
are highly competitive and subject to rapid 
technological changes, for example the 
introduction of smart meters, new payment 
solutions and the movement of UK consumers 
away from cash payments. Competitors may 
develop products and services that are 
superior to ours or that achieve greater 
market acceptance than our products and 
services, which could result in the loss of 
clients, merchants and retailers or a reduction 
in revenue. 

The Group is committed to continued research 
and investment in new data sources, people, 
technology and products to support its 
strategic plan. IT development resource is 
directed at a Group level and developments are 
in hand to ensure the Group has relevant 
products in place to meet the demands 
brought about by changing technology.  
For smart meters, MultiPay has been launched.

In making the assessment, the Directors have also 
considered the Group’s robust capital position, the 
cash-generative nature of the business, the ability of the 
company to reduce costs and the access to available credit.

The financial statements have, therefore, been prepared on 
a going concern basis and the Directors have a reasonable 
expectation that the Group will remain viable over the three 
year assessment period.

Viability and going  
concern statements

The Directors consider the Group’s viability over a three  
year period, on an annual basis, as part of their risk 
monitoring programme. The three year period is considered 
appropriate as it aligns with the Group’s financial planning 
cycle. In determining the Group’s viability its business 
activities together with factors likely to affect its future 
development and performance described in the Chief 
Executive’s review on pages 10 to 14 (in particular, changes 
to the Group’s structure, strategy and priorities) and the 
principal risks and uncertainties set out on pages 20 to 
22 were considered. It was determined that none of the 
individual risks in isolation would compromise the Group’s 
viability and therefore a number of different severe but 
plausible principal risk combinations were considered. These 
included the downside scenario of the loss of a large clients, 
slower than anticipated growth in retail services and a quicker 
than expected decline in the cash payments business. 

22     PayPoint plc  Annual Report 2017

 
Environmental matters, employees, social, community  
and human rights

PayPoint is committed to dealing fairly and with a high level of integrity with all its stakeholders, 
including clients, retailers, merchants, consumers, local communities, shareholders and our 
people. We comply with statutory obligations in all areas and subject our practices to high 
levels of scrutiny. We publish results twice each year and provide two interim management 
statements, complying with reporting and disclosure obligations. This report sets out our 
approach and the way we measure our success in dealing with each group of stakeholders. 
Information about the approach we take with our employees can be found on pages 25 to 27.

Clients

Retailers and consumers

Local communities

Shareholders

Information on 
stakeholders

Over 300 clients including 
those via reselling 
arrangements.

Over 40,000 retailers in UK, 
Ireland and Romania and 
provide a service to millions of 
consumers.

Where our employees live 
and work.

601 shareholders at  
31 March 2017.

To provide stable, reliable and 
a broad range of services to 
help generate consumer 
footfall for retailers who serve 
their communities.

We seek to provide an 
unparalleled service to our 
retailers and consumers.

Impact

Provision of convenient 
services for consumer 
payments.

Engagement

Provision of a high 
standard of service to our 
clients and open 
communication. Client 
contracts contain service 
level agreements, which 
are set to a high standard. 
Specific performance is 
measured for key 
elements, including 
system availability and file 
delivery. 

How we interact 
and support the 
stakeholders

Communication - major 
clients have regular 
review meetings with 
dedicated Strategic 
Account Managers

In the UK, terminal availability 
is over 99% and when a 
terminal needs to be replaced, 
it is achieved within four hours 
across the UK in 98% of 
cases. The breadth of 
products offered by PayPoint 
is greater than any other 
network. 

An annual retailer survey is 
carried out to understand how 
we can improve our service. 
We also invite retailers to 
attend an annual forum to 
discuss new products and 
obtain regular retailer 
feedback.

Major multiple retailers have 
regular review meetings with 
dedicated account managers.

Financial support to local 
charities.

Maximise  
shareholder return.

Please see page 39

Shareholders are invited 
to attend the annual 
general meeting and 
executive directors 
meet with major 
shareholders twice a 
year to discuss the 
Group’s results. 

PayPoint has a charity 
committee made up of 
employee volunteers 
which provides support, 
funded by the Company, 
to fundraising activities 
carried out by its 
employees for charities 
which are important to 
them. These include local 
charities in the 
communities in which its 
employees live and work. 

In September 2016 
PayPoint was appointed 
as an Enterprise Advisor 
to a local secondary 
school in order to support 
their students with the 
transition from school to 
the workplace.

During the year, PayPoint 
donated £25,000 to over 
20 local and national 
charities, which was 
supplemented by funds 
raised by employees 
themselves.

We offer our network to 
collect for certain 
charities free of charge, 
including the BBC’s 
Children in Need telethon.

58% of PayPoint’s ATM 
network is ‘speech-
enabled’, the largest 
proportion of an 
independent network in 
the UK.

PayPoint plc  Annual Report 2017     23

STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSEnvironmental matters, employees, social, community  
and human rights continued

Environment 
PayPoint’s main impact on the environment stems from our 
use of resources to run offices in the UK, Ireland and Romania. 

We measure our carbon footprint in accordance using the 
Green House Gas (GHG) protocol. This allows us to monitor, 
by region, our carbon footprint and implement, where 
practical, targets to reduce our carbon footprint.

The two primary sources of PayPoint’s carbon emissions are 
business travel and energy consumption. We visit existing 
and prospective retailers in the UK, Ireland and Romania. 
Routes are pre-planned to ensure efficiency where possible. 
Management regularly visits our businesses to review and 
improve performance. We aim to avoid unnecessary travel. 
Energy consumption arises from our offices in the UK 
and Romania. We have a cycle to work scheme for our UK 
employees. We encourage employees not to print unless 
necessary and our board papers are sent electronically 
rather than printed and sent by post.

PayPoint’s services help consumers to reduce the number 
of unnecessary car journeys through the convenience  
of our outlets which are usually available within a short  
walking distance. 

We recycle wherever possible, including paper, cans,  
plastic cups, cardboard, toners, print cartridges and 
computer equipment.

Our approach to waste management remains unchanged 
year on year. Reported landfill waste has increased as a 
result of new technology deployed by our waste collection 
supplier which accurately measures the weight of waste 
collected. Previously estimations were made based on 
the volume of waste collected. The total volume of waste 
collected in the year was similar to last year. As a result, the 
total reported waste has increased and the proportion of 
waste recycled has fallen. Plans are in place to reduce total 
waste and increase recycling over the coming year.

Waste
Landfill
Recycled
Total
% recycled

Year ended 
31 March 2017
(tonnes)

Year ended  
31 March 2016
(tonnes)

23.0
17.4
40.4
43.07%

13.5
18.6
32.1
57.94%

Change %

70.4%
(6.5%)
25.9%

GHG emissions
In this section we report on all required greenhouse gas 
(GHG) emissions in accordance with the Companies Act 2006 
(Strategic Report and Directors’ Report) Regulations 2013. 

We report using a financial control approach to define our 
organisational boundary. A range of approaches can be 
taken to determine the boundaries of an organisation for 
the purposes of GHG reporting including financial control, 
operational control or equity share. 

The methodology used to calculate our emissions is based 
upon the Environmental Reporting Guidelines: including 
mandatory greenhouse gas emissions reporting guidance 
(June 2013) issued by DEFRA which make it clear that, 
in most cases, whether an operation is controlled by the 
organisation or not does not vary based on whether the 
financial control or operational control approach is used. 
The 2013 UK Government GHG Conversion Factors for 
Company Reporting have been used to calculate our 
emissions based on data gathered from each of our 
business units. 

Global GHG emissions data for the year is as follows:

Units
tonnes 
CO2e

tonnes 
CO2e

tonnes 
CO2e

Impact
Scope 1  
(direct emissions  
from fuel combustion)
Scope 2  
(indirect emissions  
from purchased electricity, 
heat and cooling)
Scope 3  
(business travel,  
waste and water)
Total
Intensity measurement: 
Total tonnes of CO2e 
per employee1

Year ended 
31 March 2017
373

Year ended 
31 March 2016
346

1,120

1,322

680

764

2,173
3.3

2,432
 3.4

1.  We have used the average number of employees to calculate our intensity measure as the 
majority of our emissions are directly related to business travel and energy consumption 
at our head office locations.

24     PayPoint plc  Annual Report 2017

People development
Performance and talent management processes are in 
place to ensure a continued focus on high performance and 
people development. All employees formally discuss their 
performance and development with their manager twice 
a year and individual performance has a direct influence 
on pay review and bonus outcomes. We hold consistency 
meetings to ensure that employees are rated fairly and 
that the overall spread of ratings reflects the performance 
of the Company. Training is undertaken locally based on 
individual and business needs. Managers attend a two day 
Management Development Workshop to ensure that they 
develop the skills that they need to manage their people 
effectively, and in 2016 we supplemented this with the 
introduction of management skills workshops running 
throughout the year. 50% of our annual training budget 
is reserved exclusively for IT training to ensure that our IT 
employees continue to develop the technical skills that they 
need to develop and maintain PayPoint’s innovative retail 
technology solutions.

PayPoint is committed to supporting the development of 
entry level talent via apprenticeships. Three apprentices are 
currently employed within our IT function and we plan to 
expand the programme over the course of the next year.

Diversity
PayPoint values diversity and offers an environment where 
all are treated equally and which is free from discrimination 
in respect of gender, ethnicity, religion, sexual orientation, 
age or disability.

42% of our employees are female and the representation on 
the Executive Board is 43% with three women on a board of 
seven members. 

PayPoint is committed to treating applicants with 
disabilities equally and supporting people who become 
disabled during their career with the Company. This includes 
making reasonable adjustments both to the recruitment 
process for applicants and to the working environment 
for employees, in order that they can achieve their full 
potential.

Human rights
PayPoint supports fundamental human rights, such as 
the right to privacy, safety and to be treated fairly, with 
dignity and respect. Our employment standard sets out 
our commitment to good employment practices and the 
principles to govern the practices adopted in each of our 
businesses. All employees have a right to safe conditions 
of work, consideration of their welfare, fair terms of 
employment, reward and treatment, clarity and openness 
about what is expected. 

People
PayPoint employed, on average, 660 members of staff 
during the period. We aim to create a positive working 
environment that enables us to attract and retain a talented 
workforce. Employee turnover decreased during the year as 
changes implemented in the previous year were embedded. 
One third of UK turnover was instigated by the business as 
part of our programme of transformation and we expect 
turnover to remain at similar levels as we continue to 
transform and ensure that we have the shape and size of 
organisation needed to deliver our future plans. 

Culture
PayPoint’s culture of openness, honesty and accountability 
is an essential part of our success. We communicated a new 
set of values in 2016 to reinforce the culture and behaviours 
that we believe will enable us to continue to deliver innovative 
solutions and provide first class service to our customers.  
We are actively engaging with our people to bring the values 
to life in the work that we do. See our six values on the 
following page.

Engagement
PayPoint recognises that all of our employees play a part 
in delivering the Group’s performance. We keep our people 
informed of company performance and new developments 
via formal business update meetings, staff briefings, regular 
team meetings and company newsletter. All employees 
are invited to participate in two meetings a year where the 
directors present the performance of the Group. Overseas 
offices participate by webcam. 

PayPoint invites all employees to complete an annual 
engagement survey in order to encourage two way 
communication and co-create action plans to enable the 
business to continually improve. We launched a new survey 
in 2016 in which 89% of employees participated and we 
achieved an overall engagement score of 71%. This is below 
the 78% achieved in the prior year although the results are 
not directly comparable due to the change in survey provider.

PayPoint operates a Share Incentive Plan to enable all UK 
employees to share in the success of the Company. 40% of 
employees actively participate in this plan, an increase from 
36% in the prior year.

PayPoint plc  Annual Report 2017     25

STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSEnvironmental matters, employees, social, community  
and human rights continued

Our values
Our mission is to lead the market in the provision of products 
to consumer service companies and retailers, through 
innovative solutions and first class service.

We do this by living our six values, which together form the 
DNA of our culture. They guide our behaviour and interactions 
with all of our customers.

Accountable

Enquiring

Team player

?

Customer 
focused

Ambitious

Passionate

In addition to our twice yearly 
appraisal of our people 
against these values, we also 
recognise individuals who role 
model our values via our 
Annual Awards event and 
Monthly Values Award 
programme. Each month we 
reward an employee with  
a trophy, £200 worth of 
vouchers and the use of a 
premium car parking space.

26     PayPoint plc  Annual Report 2017

Reece Jones 
Retail Operations
January 2017 Values 
Award Winner

James King 
Finance Operations
November 2016 
Values Award Winner

Reece was nominated for the 
Customer focused value for his 
positive, helpful attitude and support 
given to many different people in the 
business. In particular, Reece guides 
our Territory Development Managers 
through contract completion and once 
took contracts home on a Friday 
evening, for a TDM to collect on 
Saturday in order to secure sales  
first thing on Monday. 

James was nominated for the Customer 
focused value for the excellent work he 
delivers on reconciling and processing 
client settlement payments. This vital 
area requires exemplary customer 
communications and an ability to work 
under pressure, which James constantly 
delivers. He has received excellent 
feedback from internal and external 
clients for his work to ensure payments 
are delivered accurately and on time.

 
 
PayPoint has the following policies in place:

equal opportunities - we treat job applicants, employees 
and temporary staff equally, regardless of their sex, sexual 
orientation, age, race, ethnic origin or disability. It is also the 
Group’s policy to retain employees who may become 
disabled while in service and provide appropriate training  
as necessary.

whistle‑blowing - we are committed to ensuring that 
malpractice is prevented and immediately dealt with, should 
it arise. We encourage employees to raise their concerns 
about any malpractice promptly and we have an established 
procedure for raising any such concerns.

health and safety - we recognise that effective health and 
safety management is fundamental to running a successful 
business. We are committed to operating high standards, 
designed to minimise the risk of injuries and ill health to 
employees, contractors, visitors and others who come into 
contact with the business, so far as is reasonably practicable.

disciplinary and grievance procedures - we provide a fair 
and consistent method of dealing with disciplinary problems 
and treat misconduct with appropriate action. We ensure 
that we treat any grievance an employee may have relating to 
their employment in a fair and reasonable manner.

bullying and harassment - we promote a working 
environment free of harassment and individuals who believe 
that they are being subjected to any form of harassment are 
encouraged to come forward to have the issue resolved.

business ethics - we set out clear standards for ethical 
relationships and conduct to be maintained by employees 
and sub-contractors and conduct our business in 
accordance with the highest ethical standards. We do not 
offer or accept any bribes.

training and development - all employees meet twice a 
year with their line manager to discuss performance and any 
development needs. Training is provided either in-house or 
externally. We also sponsor employees through further 
professional and technical qualifications. We promote 
internally, where appropriate.

PayPoint’s employees
(Numbers are average unless  
otherwise stated)
General
Number of staff employed 
during the period
Length of service
Staff turnover  
during period
Sickness absence rate
% working part-time

Gender diversity
Number of women employed
% of all employees 
Number of men employed
% of all employees 

PayPoint plc directors
Number of women employed 
at 31 March 2017

% of PayPoint plc directors 
Number of men employed at 
31 March 2017
% of PayPoint plc directors 

Senior management1
Number of women employed
% of senior management 
Number of men employed 
% of senior management 

Ethnic minorities
% of all employees
% of management grades

Disabled employees
% of all employees

Age profile
Employees under 25
Employees 25 to 29
Employees 30 to 49
Employees 50 and over

UK

Rest of the world

Year 
ended 
31 March 
2017

Year  
ended 
31 March 
2016

Year 
ended 
31 March 
2017

Year  
ended 
31 March 
2016

469

507

191

206

5 years 5 years 4 years 4 years
30%

33%

29%

27%

2.5%
10%

2.4%
10%

2.0%
6%

1.0%
7%

198
42%
271
58%

214
42%
293
58%

2

1

22%
7

10%
7

78%

90%

87
46%
104
54%

‑

0%
‑

0%

84
41%
122
59%

-

0%
-

0%

2
27%
6
73%

2
26%
6

-
0%
1
74% 100% 100%

‑
0%
1

31%
18%

29%
24%

11%
5%

13%
7%

1%

1%

0%

0%

47
79
269
74

43
87
301
76

22
28
133
9

23
32
142
9

1.  Senior management includes the Group Executives and managing director

Approved by the board of directors and signed on behalf 
of the board.

Dominic Taylor 
Chief Executive
25 May 2017

PayPoint plc  Annual Report 2017     27

STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSCorporate governance report

Board of directors

6. 

7. 

8. 

9. 

1. 

2. 

3. 

4. 

5. 

28     PayPoint plc  Annual Report 2017

1. Nick Wiles
Non-executive Chairman
Appointed to the board 22 Oct 2009
Appointed as Chairman 8 May 2015
Nick retired as Chairman of UK investment banking at 
Nomura in 2012. He has worked in banking for more than 
20 years, with the majority of this time at Cazenove & 
Co, where he was a partner prior to incorporation. He 
is currently a non-executive director of Primary Health 
Properties plc.

2. Gill Barr
Non-executive director 
Appointed 1 Jun 2015
Gill has held senior strategy and marketing positions at 
John Lewis, Kingfisher, MasterCard and KPMG. Most 
recently she was Group Marketing Director for The Co-
operative Group. She was a Non-Executive Director of 
Morgan Sindall plc for eight years and now has a portfolio 
of Non-Executive Directorships. She is a Trustee Director 
for Willis Towers Watson’s master trust pension fund 
LifeSight. She is the Chair of the Customer Challenge Group 
for Severn Trent Water plc. She was recently appointed 
Advisory Board Member, Wiltshire Farm Foods.

3. Neil Carson OBE
Non-executive director
Appointed 23 July 2014
Neil worked for 34 years for Johnson Matthey (JM), the 
FTSE 100 chemical company. Starting as an engineering 
graduate trainee, he worked in each of the divisions in  
a number of different roles serving global markets.  
He joined the board of JM in 1999 as Division Director  
of the Autocatalyst division and became the CEO in 2004, 
standing down in 2014. Neil was a founder member of 
the Prince of Wales Corporate Leaders Group on Climate 
Change. Neil is currently Chairman of TT Electronics. He is 
also Honorary President of the Society for the Chemical 
Industry. He was awarded an OBE for services to the 
Chemical Industry in 2016.

4. Giles Kerr
Non-executive director
Appointed 20 Nov 2016
Giles was formerly National Partner with Arthur Anderson 
& Co and previously held a number of positions with 
Amersham plc within finance and corporate development, 
culminating in his role as Group Finance Director. Giles 
is Director of Finance of Oxford University and is a non-
executive director of BTG plc, Senior plc and Adaptimune 
Therapeutics plc.

5. Rachel Kentleton
Finance Director
Appointed 3 January 2017
Rachel joined PayPoint in January 2017. Rachel is a qualified 
accountant and has held a number of finance and investor 
relations roles at Unilever, NatWest, Diageo and SABMiller. 
Rachel’s most recent role immediately prior to joining 
PayPoint was as Group Director, Strategy & Implementation 
at easyJet. Rachel is also a non-executive director of 
Persimmon plc, where she is chair of the Audit Committee 
and a member of the Risk and Nomination Committees.

6. David Morrison
Non-executive director
Appointed 12 Jan 1999 
David has been Chief Executive of Prospect Investment 
Management (Prospect) since 1999, when he started 
the company. He became a director of PayPoint in 1999 
following an investment in the company by clients of 
Prospect. Prior to establishing Prospect, he had worked in 
the venture capital sector with 3i, Abingworth Management 
and Botts & Company. He is currently a non-executive 
director of Record plc and several private companies.

7. Rakesh Sharma
Non-executive director
Appointed 12 May 2017
Rakesh was appointed to the PayPoint board in May 2017. 
Rakesh started his career as an electronic design engineer at 
Marconi in 1983, before moving to Dowty as Chief Engineer 
in 1989. He was appointed Marketing Director of that 
business in 1993, when Ultra Electronics (Ultra) was formed. 
Rakesh has managed businesses and divisions across the full 
range of Ultra’s wide portfolio, with consistent success in 
driving growth in the Ultra group. He became Chief Executive 
of Ultra in 2011, a position which he holds to date.

8. Dominic Taylor
Chief Executive 
Appointed 4 Aug 1998 
Dominic joined PayPoint in 1997 as Retail Director and was 
appointed to his current role in August 1998. He was a Royal 
Naval officer for 12 years, following which he completed 
an MBA at the Cranfield School of Management. In 1991, 
Dominic joined the Vodafone Group where he led a number 
of initiatives including the development of its SMS service 
and a bid for the National Lottery, before becoming Sales and 
Marketing Director for the indirect sales of mobile phones to 
retailers. In 1996, Dominic joined Granada plc as a director of 
Granada Technology Group and Managing Director of Granada 
Business Technology, supplying film and telecommunications 
products into the hotel and leisure sectors.

9. Tim Watkin-Rees
Business Development Director
Appointed 22 Sept 1998
Tim was a founder director of PayPoint in 1996 and has been 
responsible for group business development throughout the 
company’s history. He previously worked in retail banking and 
payments with Lloyds Bank, KPMG Management Consultants 
and Nexus (later Sligos and now Atos). He is an Associate of 
the Chartered Institute of Bankers. 

PayPoint plc  Annual Report 2017     29

STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSCorporate governance report continued

Leadership team bios

5.

6. 

7. 

8. 

1. 

2. 

3. 

4. 

30     PayPoint plc  Annual Report 2017

1. Dominic Taylor
Chief Executive 
Dominic joined PayPoint in 1997 as Retail Director and was 
appointed to his current role in August 1998. He was a Royal 
Naval officer for 12 years, following which he completed 
an MBA at the Cranfield School of Management. In 1991, 
Dominic joined the Vodafone Group where he led a number 
of initiatives including the development of its SMS service 
and a bid for the National Lottery, before becoming Sales and 
Marketing Director for the indirect sales of mobile phones to 
retailers. In 1996, Dominic joined Granada plc as a director of 
Granada Technology Group and Managing Director of Granada 
Business Technology, supplying film and telecommunications 
products into the hotel and leisure sectors.

2. Tim Watkin-Rees
Business Development Director
Tim was a founder director of PayPoint in 1996 and has been 
responsible for group business development throughout the 
company’s history. He previously worked in retail banking and 
payments with Lloyds Bank, KPMG Management Consultants 
and Nexus (later Sligos and now Atos). He is an Associate of 
the Chartered Institute of Bankers. 

3. Rachel Kentleton
Finance Director
Rachel joined PayPoint in January 2017. Rachel is a qualified 
accountant and has held a number of finance and investor 
relations roles at Unilever, NatWest, Diageo and SABMiller. 
Rachel’s most recent role immediately prior to joining 
PayPoint was as Group Director, Strategy & Implementation 
at easyJet. Rachel is also a non-executive director of 
Persimmon plc, where she is chair of the Audit Committee 
and a member of the Risk and Nomination Committees.

4. Susan Court
Head of Legal
Company Secretary
Susan joined PayPoint in 1999 as sole in-house counsel, 
directly from private practice, and has been responsible 
for the legal and regulatory aspects of the PayPoint group 
throughout her tenure. 

Having been directly involved in the PayPoint IPO in 2004, 
Susan has been responsible for establishing an in-house 
legal team and ensuring its full integration into the PayPoint 
group in order to service rapid growth and change in 
the business while taking account of the ever-evolving 
regulatory payments landscape. 

5. Jon Marchant
Chief Information Officer
Jon joined PayPoint in early 2011 and is responsible for 
all aspects of IT management and retail operations within 
the business. An experience IT and operations leader 
and change specialist, he has worked in several bluechip 
financial services and retail organisations during his career 
including Halifax, Co-operative Group, Capital One and 
Scottish Widows.

6. Katy Wilde
Human Resources Director
Katy joined PayPoint as HR Director in 2012 with responsibility 
for the development and implementation of our people 
agenda. Prior to joining PayPoint Katy worked for RSA 
Insurance Group where she held a number of senior business 
partnering roles in the UK and latterly in the Emerging Markets 
business where she was responsible for ensuring the delivery 
of the HR agenda across 22 countries in Central and Eastern 
Europe, Asia, the Middle East and Latin America.

Prior to that Katy spent seven years at General Electric where 
she held HR roles in both their consumer finance and insurance 
businesses. Katy has a degree in International Business and 
Modern Languages from Aston University and is a Chartered 
Member of the CIPD.

7. Lewis Alcraft
Commercial Director
Lewis was appointed to his current role of Commercial 
Director in 2015 and leads PayPoint’s broader commercial 
agenda, across retail and client partners. On joining the 
business in 2007, Lewis led PayPoint’s relationship with 
BBC TV Licensing, before moving on to various roles 
including heading PayPoint’s product and client teams. 

Prior to PayPoint Lewis was a senior client manager at CPM, 
a marketing agency within the Omnicom group of companies.

8. Mugur Dogariu
Managing Director, PayPoint Romania
Mugur has been Managing Director of PayPoint Romania 
since August 2008 and has overseen impressive growth in 
the retail network to over 11,000 stores across Romania, as 
well as transaction growth from over 1 million in 2008/2009, 
to 75 million in 2016/17. 

Mugur previously held senior management roles in sales 
and marketing for Nestle, Rhone Poulenc, Renania Trade 
and Interbrands Marketing & Distribution. Mugur holds 
an Executive MBA from ASEBUSS and The Kennesaw 
State University, as well as a Professional Certificate in 
Management from the British Open University and a degree 
from the University of Agronomic Sciences and Veterinary 
Medicine of Bucharest.

PayPoint plc  Annual Report 2017     31

STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSCorporate governance report continued

Chairman’s statement on governance

Dear Shareholder,

I am pleased to present the Corporate Governance report 
on behalf of the PayPoint plc board. This report gives 
insight into the corporate governance workings of the 
board as well as details of how the principles of the UK 
Corporate Governance Code (the Code) have been applied 
during the year under review. 

Culture and values
The board continues to set the right tone from the top 
by providing entrepreneurial leadership through good 
governance and accountability for the benefit and 
protection of our shareholders, and the sustainable growth 
of the business as a whole. One of the key developments in 
the culture of PayPoint during the year, which was endorsed 
by the board, was the establishment and implementation 
of formal corporate values to underpin operations of the 
day-to-day activities and overall business. The values 
adopted which are: Accountable, Enquiring, Team player, 
Customer focused, Ambitious and Passionate, reinforce the 
culture of good governance across the organisation and 
demonstrate the willingness within PayPoint to work in a 
positive manner with our clients, retailers, employees and 
other stakeholders. Further details of the PayPoint values 
are on page 26. 

Board changes and succession 
As I stated in my Chairman’s statement at the beginning 
of this annual report on page 3, George Earle retired as 
Finance Director and board member at the end of the 
financial year under review. George had served on the board 
for 12 years in which time he made a significant contribution 
to the Company in his robust and prudent management 
of its financial affairs. On behalf of the board, I would like 
to thank George for his personal commitment and service 
to PayPoint. The board was delighted to welcome Rachel 
Kentleton as successor to George Earle. Rachel joined 
PayPoint and the board on 3 January 2017. Rachel brings 
considerable financial and operational experience together 
with a wide knowledge of investor relations and strategy.

Neil Carson also notified the board, during the year, of 
his intention to step down as a director, due to his other 
external commitments. An extensive and rigorous search 
process was initiated to identify a new non-executive 
director and the board was unanimous in supporting 
the appointment of Rakesh Sharma on 12 May 2017. 
Rakesh brings valuable experience to the board and his 
appointment strengthens the board’s composition in 
terms of relevant experience, knowledge and skills. Upon 
his appointment, Rakesh became a member of the Audit, 
Remuneration and Nomination Committees, and he will take 
over the chairmanship of the Remuneration Committee 
when Neil steps down. On behalf of the board, I thank Neil 
for his service and welcome Rakesh with whom the board 
looks forward to working closely.

As was reported in last year’s annual report, David Morrison 
is due to retire from the board at the 2017 annual general 
meeting, however the board has decided that in view 
of the recent appointment of a new independent non-
executive director, there would be no further appointment 
made to replace David on the board at this time. However, 
the board will continue to keep its composition under 
review, and make any directorate changes as it deems 
necessary or required. Taking into consideration the size 
and the business of the Company, the board determined 
that it has the appropriate balance of skills, experience, 
independence and knowledge to enable the discharge of its 
responsibilities effectively, and that it will continue to do so 
after the departure of David Morrison.

In light of the various changes to the board’s composition, 
succession planning remained at the forefront of the 
board’s agenda throughout the year, with the Nomination 
Committee leading the process to ensure that it was formal, 
rigorous and transparent, and making recommendations for 
board appointments. Details of succession planning and the 
process by which the new directors were appointed are set 
out in the Nomination Committee report on page 40. 

The board acknowledges that its composition during the 
year did not comply with the Code in that the independent 
non-executive directors made up less than half of the 
board, however, as was detailed in the 2016 annual report, 
this composition will remain as is to ensure continuity in 
light of the number of changes to the board’s membership, 
until the retirement of David Morrison at the 2017 annual 
general meeting, at which time the composition of the 
board will become compliant with the Code. 

32     PayPoint plc  Annual Report 2017

Board committees 
In this corporate governance section of the annual 
report, the board committees, of Audit, Nomination and 
Remuneration, have reported on their activities for the year 
under review (see pages 42, 40 and 46). These activities 
comprise the roles and responsibilities delegated by the 
board to each committee, but for which the board retains 
overall responsibility. Some of the key activities undertaken 
and reported on for each committee include: the Audit 
Committee - risk management and external audit tender 
(see page 42); Nomination Committee – succession planning 
and director appointment (see page 41); Remuneration 
Committee - consultation with major investors on the 
directors’ remuneration policy (see page 46). 

In conclusion, the board remains confident of the strategic 
plan and of the governance processes in place to bring 
about its delivery in order to ensure sustainable growth of 
the business. We hope that this Governance Report serves 
its purpose of providing you with insight into the corporate 
governance of PayPoint plc. 

Nick Wiles 
Chairman
25 May 2017

Oversight
In February 2017, the board held a strategy session at 
which the strategic plan of the Company (which had been 
approved by the board in 2016) was reviewed to ascertain 
that the general direction of the business continued to 
be in line with the strategic plan. Throughout the year the 
board continuously monitored progress in the business and 
against strategy with reference to the KPIs which are set 
out on page 15.

The board devoted sufficient time to consider in depth the 
key activities and transactions that occurred during the 
year, including, the launch of the PayPoint One terminal, 
the sale of the Mobile payments business and the new 
arrangement with respect to Collect+. In each case the 
board determined that there were strong governance 
processes in place to ensure their proper implementation. 

Effectiveness
The board conducted an internal evaluation during the 
year, the overall conclusion of which was that all the board 
members were very satisfied with the performance of 
the board and each of the committees. The details of 
this evaluation process including the suggestions for 
improvements therein, are set out on page 38.

With the constant change in the regulatory environment the 
board considers it of utmost importance to keep abreast, 
either through specific training or general briefings, of 
changes in regulations that would have a significant impact 
on the organisation. For instance, the board received 
targeted training on the new Market Abuse Regulations that 
came into effect during the year under review. 

All directors are given the opportunity of going out on field 
visits to retailers, in order to give them a broader view of the 
Group’s operations.

PayPoint plc  Annual Report 2017     33

STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSCorporate governance report continued

Compliance statement

The board considers that throughout the year under review, 
it has complied with the provisions of the September 2014 
version of UK Corporate Governance Code (the Code) as 
issued by the Financial Reporting Council, with the exception 
that for the financial year under review only three of the four 
non-executive directors were determined by the board to 
be independent. The independent non-executive directors 
were Neil Carson1, Gill Barr and Giles Kerr. David Morrison is 
the non-executive director who was not considered to be 
independent. Therefore throughout the year, less than half 
of the board were independent non-executive directors, 
excluding the Chairman, and the reason for this deviation 
from Code provision B1.2 is addressed on page 32.  

A copy of the Code can be found at https://www.frc.org.uk/
Our-Work/Codes-Standards/Corporate-governance/UK-
Corporate-Governance-Code.aspx

This report describes how the principles of corporate 
governance in the Code have been applied by the Company.

Leadership

Corporate governance structure
The board has in place, a sound corporate governance 
structure with clearly defined roles and responsibilities 
as shown in the chart below. This governance structure 
enables the proper implementation of the strategic aims of 
the Company resulting in the growth of the business, and 
ensuring that the interests of the shareholders and wider 
stakeholders are protected in the process.

The board
The board is collectively responsible for the long term success of 
the Company and provides effective leadership by setting the 
strategic aims of the Company and overseeing the efficient 
implementation of these aims in order to achieve sustainable 
growth of the business. The current board members are as 
shown on page 28. The board delegates certain roles and 
responsibilities to board committees and to the Chief Executive  

but still retains overall responsibility and has a schedule of 
matters reserved for its approval which is contained in the 
delegated authorities document. This allows for in depth review 
and insight into applicable matters by the committees before 
they report back to the board. The delegated authorities 
including the roles and responsibilities of each of the committees 
can be found at https://www.paypoint.com/en-gb/about/
investor-relations/corporate-governance 

Audit Committee
Summary of responsibilities 
include: 
-  Monitoring the statutory 

audit of the financial 
statements and financial 
reporting process

-  Monitoring the 

effectiveness of internal 
controls and risk 
management

-  Establishing and 
overseeing the 
relationships with the 
Company’s auditors

More information can be 
found on pages 42.

Nomination Committee
Summary of responsibilities 
include: 
-   Review structure, size and 
composition of the board

-   Consider succession 
planning for directors
-   Identify and nominate 
candidates to fill board 
vacancies

More information can be 
found on pages 40.

Remuneration Committee
Summary of responsibilities 
include: 
-   Determining the policy 
(for board approval) on 
remuneration of the 
Chairman and executive 
directors

-   Exercising discretion on 

remuneration issues in line 
with policy

-   Establishing the 
relationship with 
remuneration consultants

More information can be 
found on pages 46. 

Market disclosure 
Committee
This committee was 
established by the board 
during the year under review. 
Its main responsibility is 
overseeing the disclosure of 
information by the Company 
to ensure that it meets its 
obligations under the new 
Market Abuse Regulation. 
Its members are the Chief 
Executive, the Finance 
Director and the Company 
Secretary.

Chief Executive
The Chief Executive is responsible for running the Group’s 
business and in doing so, he delegates authority to the 
executive board, to the managing director and finance director 
of PayPoint Romania and to the managing director and finance 
director of PayPoint Payment Services Limited. His roles and 
responsibilities are set out on page 36.

PayPoint  
Romania
PayPoint Romania is headed 
by the managing director 
who together with the 
finance director form the 
management team of the 
business. They are 
responsible for the 
day-to-day operation of 
PayPoint Romania. The 
managing director reports 
to the Chief Executive.

Executive Board
The executive board is headed by the Chief Executive and 
comprises the Finance Director, Business Development Director, 
Chief Information Officer, Commercial Director, HR Director and 
Company Secretary/Head of Legal. The executive board is 
responsible for the day-to-day management of the Group’s 
(excluding PayPoint Romania and PayPoint Payment Services 
Limited) operations, including: risk management; preparation and 
presentation of the strategy plan and the annual budget to the 
board; and the implementation of these strategic plans and other 
decisions as approved by the board. The board oversees the 
activities of the executive board

PayPoint Payment 
Services Limited (PPSL)
PPSL is the FCA regulated 
entity of the Group which is 
authorised as a payment 
institution to provide 
regulated payment services 
(including certain CashOut 
services) under the Payment 
Service Regulations 2009. 
The managing director of 
PPSL reports to the Chief 
Executive.

1.  Neil Carson will be stepping down from the board on 26 May 2017 and Rakesh Sharma was appointed as an independent non-executive director on 12 May 2017.

34     PayPoint plc  Annual Report 2017

 
Meetings
The board and its committees meet regularly throughout 
the year with meetings scheduled: around key dates in 
the Company’s corporate calendar, and to consider key 
corporate transactions or events that may arise. There 
were ten scheduled meetings during the year under 
review, six of which were full board meetings and four were 
held by telephone conference. Of the meetings held by 
telephone conference, two were to consider and approve 
the interim management statements, while the other two 

were to consider and approve the appointment of Rachel 
Kentleton to the board, and the sale of the Mobile business 
as well as the new arrangements with respect to Collect+, 
respectively. The table below shows directors’ attendance 
of board and committee meetings. Where a director is 
unable to attend a particular meeting, he or she receives 
and reads the papers for consideration at that meeting,  
and provides input through discussion with the Chairman  
of the board or the chairman of the relevant committee,  
in advance of the meeting.

Directors’ meeting 
attendance 
2016/17

Membership 
of committees

n
o
i
t
a
n
m
o
N

i

t
i
d
u
A

n
o
i
t
a
r
e
n
u
m
e
R

Non-Executive Directors
Gill Barr
Neil Carson
Giles Kerr2
David Morrison2
Nick Wiles
Executive Directors
George Earle3
Rachel Kentleton4
Dominic Taylor
Tim Watkin-Rees

Board

Audit Committee

Nomination Committee

Remuneration Committee

Meetings 
attended

Maximum 
possible to 
attend

Meetings 
attended

Maximum 
possible to 
attend

Meetings 
attended

Maximum 
possible to 
attend

Meetings 
attended

Maximum 
possible to 
attend

10
10
9
8
10

8
3
10
10

10
10
10
10
10

9
3
10
10

6
6
6
5*
6

5*
2*
6*
6*

6
6
6
5*
6

5*
2*
6*
6*

4
4
4
4
4

-
-
4*
-

4
4
4
4
4

-
-
4*
-

7
7
7
6*
7

2*
-
7*
2*

7
7
7
6*
7

2*
-
7*
2*

*  By Invitation. The executive directors are not members of any of the board committees and they attended only the committee meetings to which they were specifically invited. David 

Morrison is not a member of the Audit and Remuneration Committees and he only attended meetings of these committees to which he was specifically invited. 

1.  Rakesh Sharma joined the board on 12 May 2017 therefore he was not eligible to attend any of the meetings for the financial year under review.
2.  Giles Kerr was unable to attend one board meeting at which the third quarter interim management statement was considered while David Morrison was unable to attend one full board 

meeting and one board meeting at which Rachel Kentleton’s appointment to the board was considered. 

3.  George Earle stepped down from the board on 31 March 2017. He was unable to attend the last full board meeting held for the financial year and he did not attend the board meeting at 

which the appointment of his successor was considered and approved.

4.  Rachel Kentleton joined the board on 03 January 2017 and attended all board meetings held after her appointment.

The Chairman sets the agenda for board meetings and 
he ensures that informed decisions are reached in an 
effective manner by facilitating open discussion and debate 
of agenda items by board members. Consultations with 
management and external advisers are held as necessary 
to aid the board’s decision making process. The work 
undertaken by the board during the year is set out in the 
tables below:

The agenda for each full board meeting included  
the following as standing items: 

–   Consideration for approval of the previously held board 

meeting minutes.

–   Board committee reports on the committee meetings 

which were usually held prior to the board meetings, and 
included all matters which had been delegated to the 
committees and which required board approval.

–   A management report prepared and presented by the 

Chief Executive which covered group operations. Over the 
course of the year, this included updates and reports on: 

  -   the proposed sale of the Mobile payments business;
  -   the discussions around the new joint venture 

arrangements for Collect+; 

–   Group health and safety report which covered any health 

and safety incidents that may have occurred and the 
actions taken in that respect, including any updates on 
previous actions. 

Other matters which were covered as a matter of 
routine during the year included: 

–   Strategy - during the year the board agreed that in 

order to ensure strategic issues are fully and properly 
addressed, there would be bi-annual strategy sessions 
– one in February which would be a one-day strategy 
update session, and a two-day strategy session in 
September at which the board will consider the strategic 
plan (whether existing or proposed) in depth. Accordingly, 
for the year under review, the board held a strategy 
update session in February where the executive board 
gave updates on the implementation of the strategy key 
among which included:

  -   renegotiation of the Collect+ arrangement with Yodel; 
  -   sale of the Mobile payments business to VW Financial 

Services;

  -   development and deployment of PayPoint One  

and EPoS;

  -   various ongoing projects within the business; 
  -   a development programme for the executive board; and 
  -   other operational matters for the board’s consideration.

  -   bill payments and MultiPay;
  -   retailer relations; and 
  -   executive board development.

PayPoint plc  Annual Report 2017     35

STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
Corporate governance report continued

–   Review of annual report and preliminary results.

–   Review of executive director’s presentation of the full 

year results to analysts and investors.

–   Bi-annual review and approval of the interim management 

statements for release to the market.

–   Review of the directors’ conflicts of interest register.

–   Review and approval of interim dividend and 

recommendation of final dividend.

–   Review of management accounts and business 

performance, including forecasts.

–   Board evaluation (see page 38).

–   Review of delegated authorities and recommended 

committees’ terms of reference.

–   Consideration and approval of the recommended terms 

for renewal of Company insurance.

–   Consideration and approval of the budget for the 

financial year.

Other important topics covered by the board during the 
year included: 

–   Review of the capital allocation programme to return 
£125 million of surplus cash to shareholders over five 
years to 2021, in addition to the ordinary dividends paid 
by the Company. 

–   Approval of the Company’s statement on slavery and 

human trafficking.

–   Approval of a new securities dealing policy and code in 

accordance with the Market Abuse Regulations.

–   Consideration of the legal issues surrounding Brexit and 

the effect of such issues on PayPoint.

–   Consideration of the proposals for use of market leading 
CRM and ERP solutions to improve customer service 
capabilities and operational efficiency within PayPoint. 

In addition to the pre-scheduled board meetings, there 
were two additional board meetings held during the 
year at which the following key events were tabled: 

–   Consideration and approval of the recommendation to 

appoint Rachel Kentleton to the board. 

–   Consideration and approval of the agreements for 

the sale of the Mobile payments business and the re-
structure of the Collect+ joint venture arrangement. 

Division of roles and responsibilities

The Chairman is responsible for the leadership of the 
board and for ensuring the effectiveness in all aspects of 
the board’s role. The Chairman chairs board meetings and 
regularly consults with the executive directors regarding 
on-going business. His other significant commitments 
are disclosed in his biography on page 29. The board 
considers that these commitments do not hinder his ability 
to discharge his responsibilities to the Company and its 
subsidiaries. 

There is a clear division of responsibilities between the 
Chairman, the Chief Executive and the Senior Independent 
Director which has been agreed by the board as follows:

Chairman
Nick Wiles is the Chairman and he is responsible for the 
effective running of the board and for ensuring that the 
board as a whole plays a full and constructive part in the 
development and determination of the Group’s strategy  
and overall commercial objectives. His other main 
responsibilities include: 

–   Setting the board’s agenda and ensuring the board 
receives accurate, timely and clear information on 
all matters reserved to its decision and the Group’s 
performance and operations.

–   Ensuring, with the advice of the Company Secretary 

where appropriate, compliance with the board’s approved 
procedures.

–   Arranging informal meetings of the directors, including 
meetings of the non-executive directors at which the 
executive directors are not present, as required to ensure 
that sufficient time and consideration is given to complex, 
contentious or sensitive issues.

–   Chairing the Nomination Committee, and, in that role, 
initiating change and succession planning in board 
appointments to retain and build an effective and 
complementary board, and to facilitate the appointment 
of effective and suitable members and chairmen of board 
committees.

–   Ensuring that there is effective communication by the 
Group with its shareholders, including by the Chief 
Executive and Finance Director, and ensuring that 
members of the board develop an understanding of the 
views of the major investors in the Group.

–   Promoting the highest standards of integrity, probity 
and corporate governance throughout the Group and 
particularly at board level.

Chief Executive
Dominic Taylor is the Chief Executive and he is responsible 
for running the Group’s business by proposing and 
developing the Group’s strategy and overall commercial 
objectives, which he does in close consultation with the 
Chairman and the board. He heads the executive board the 
responsibilities of which are set out on page 34. His other 
main responsibilities include:

–   Providing input to the board’s agenda and ensuring 

that the executive board gives appropriate priority to 
providing reports to the board which contain accurate, 
timely and clear information.

–   Ensuring, in consultation with the Chairman and the 
Company Secretary as appropriate, that he and the 
executive board comply with the board’s approved 
procedures.

–   Ensuring that the Chairman is alerted to forthcoming 
complex, contentious or sensitive issues affecting the 
Group of which he might not otherwise be aware.

–   Providing information and advice on succession planning, 
to the Chairman, the Nomination Committee, and other 
members of the board, in respect of the executive board.

–   Leading the communication programme with 

shareholders.

–   Promoting, and conducting the affairs of the Group with 
the highest standards of integrity, probity and corporate 
governance.

36     PayPoint plc  Annual Report 2017

Senior Independent Director
Neil Carson1 is the senior independent director and he 
is responsible for supporting the Chairman in his role by 
working with the Chairman and other directors to resolve 
any issues that may arise. His other main responsibilities are: 

During the financial year, Rachel Kentleton joined the  
board on 3 January 2017 and George Earle retired from  
the board on 31 March 2017. Further information on 
directors’ appointment and resignation can be found  
in the Nomination Committee report on page 40.

–   Chairing the Nomination Committee when it is 

considering succession to the role of Chairman  
of the board.

–   Meeting with the non-executive directors at least once  
a year to appraise the Chairman’s performance and on 
such other occasions as are deemed appropriate.

–   Being available to Shareholders if they have concerns 

which contact through the normal channels of Chairman, 
Chief Executive or Finance Director has failed to resolve 
or for which such contact is inappropriate.

–   Having sufficient contact with major Shareholders and 

financial analysts to obtain a balanced understanding of 
the issues and concerns of such shareholders.

Non-executive directors
All the non-executive directors bring considerable knowledge 
and experience to board deliberations. Non-executive 
directors do not participate in any of the Company’s 
share schemes or bonus schemes and their service is non-
pensionable. The balance and independence of the board  
is kept under review by the Nomination Committee.

During the year, the Chairman held meetings with the  
non-executive directors without the executives present. 
These meetings were held immediately following a full 
board meeting. There were no unresolved concerns about 
the running of the Company.

Effectiveness

Composition
The board is comprised of an appropriate balance of skills, 
experience, independence and knowledge, which enables 
it to discharge its responsibilities effectively. The directors 
have a range of backgrounds including retail, payments 
services, banking, investment management, sales and 
marketing, and finance, and possess a wealth of experience 
which attunes them to the industry in which PayPoint 
operates. This balance of skill and independence creates  
an environment that encourages the effective challenge 
and development of the strategic aims of the Company.  
At the end of the year under review, there were eight 
directors on the board: Nick Wiles, the non-executive 
Chairman, three executive directors: Dominic Taylor,  
Rachel Kentleton and Tim Watkin-Rees, and four non-
executive directors: Gill Barr, Neil Carson, who is also the 
senior independent director, Giles Kerr and David Morrison. 
Subsequent to the year end it is Neil Carson’s intention 
to step down from the board and in view of this, Rakesh 
Sharma has been appointed as an independent non-
executive director. The biographies of each of the  
directors can be found on page 29.

The board determined that Gill Barr, Neil Carson, Giles Kerr and 
Rakesh Sharma are independent for the purposes of the Code.

The terms and conditions of appointment of the non-
executive directors and the executive directors’ service 
contracts are available for inspection at the Company’s 
registered office during normal business hours and will be 
available at the annual general meeting.

The directors have disclosed all their significant external 
commitments which the board has considered and is satisfied 
that all the directors are able to allocate sufficient time to the 
Company to discharge their responsibilities effectively.

Training and support
All directors receive full, formal and tailored induction 
on joining the board. Following Rachel Kentleton’s 
appointment to the board during the year, she underwent 
a comprehensive induction programme which spanned the 
four-week period after her appointment, and which included 
the following: 

Week 1

–   Receiving a corporate governance pack containing: the 
corporate and organisational structure of PayPoint, 
delegation of authorities and terms of reference, relevant 
policies and procedures, and access to previous board 
minutes, and attending the standard Company induction 
which is given to all new employees.

–   Holding a series of meetings to gain a deep understanding 
and knowledge of PayPoint with her direct reports in the 
finance team, the executive directors, the HR Director and 
the Product Director.

–   Deep-dive sessions with members of the finance 

team looking into various areas which included among 
others planning, forecasting, financial systems, risk and 
compliance, and transaction processing.

–   Introductory meetings with brokers, analysts, bankers 

and the audit partner.

Week 2

–   Meetings with the Company Secretary/Head of Legal 

and the Commercial Director and Marketing Director for 
overviews of these functions and the areas they cover.

–   Holding deep-dive sessions with the Chief Information 

Officer, and the Product Managers on products including 
technical products and services such as EPoS, Cards, 
ATMs, MultiPay, PayPoint One, Parcels etc.

–   Holding a manager induction session with the HR 

Director.

1.  Giles Kerr will become the Senior Independent Director when Neil Carson steps down from the board. 

PayPoint plc  Annual Report 2017     37

STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
Corporate governance report continued

Week 3

–   Visiting the Collect+ office.

–   Attending the product and commercial strategy day.

–   Full day out in the field with a Territory Development 

Manager visiting retail stores.

Week 4

–   Visit to PayPoint offices in Romania which comprised:

–   Series of meetings with the staff.

–   A full day out with the Managing Director visiting retail 

stores.

Directors are provided with clear and accurate information 
pertaining to matters to be considered at the board and 
its committee meetings. This information is provided in a 
timely manner to ensure an appropriate level of review by 
each director ahead of the meetings. In the months where 
there are no scheduled board meetings the directors 
receive management accounts and reports on the status 
of the business. In addition to board meetings, directors 
have dinners during the year at which relevant items are 
identified beforehand and discussed in detail.

During the course of the year, the board is briefed on any 
significant changes in the law, regulations, governance 
codes or developments within PayPoint which affect their 
roles both on the board and on board committees. Experts 
and advisers are brought in as necessary to present to 
the board on technical subject matters. For instance, the 
board received tailored and comprehensive training from 
external legal advisers, on the Market Abuse Regulations 
and the obligations thereunder, including the requisite 
processes to ensure compliance with the regulations. The 
Company Secretary also provides updates to the board on 
governance matters as and when it is pertinent to do so.

The directors have access to the Company Secretary 
as well as members of the executive board and senior 
management, and they can also seek independent 
professional advice if this is deemed necessary for the 
proper performance of their duties. 

Evaluation

Actions from 2015/16 
evaluation

Steps taken

–   More regular non-

–   The non-executive 

executive director only 
meetings to consider 
and give feedback to the 
executive directors on 
management performance

 –   Increased interaction 

between the executive 
directors and the non-
executive directors 
to ensure the latter 
have a more in-depth 
understanding of the 
Group’s business

directors and the Chairman 
have met regularly 
during the year, typically 
such meetings are held 
immediately following a 
board meeting without the 
presence of the executive 
directors. These meetings 
have aided more in-depth 
consideration of executive 
director and management 
performance and in turn 
resulted in constructive 
feedback.

–   There have been more 
avenues for interaction 
between the non-executive 
directors and the executive 
directors including other 
members of the executive 
board. For instance 
executive board members 
are invited to attend board 
dinners and they prepare 
and present at the board 
strategy sessions.

During the year the board once again undertook an internal 
evaluation the purpose of which was to evaluate its and 
its committees’ performance and processes, as well as 
individual director performance, by identifying areas which 
the board and committees perform well, and any areas 
for improvement. As was done in the previous year, there 
were two parts to the evaluation process which was led 
by the Senior Independent Director. The first part was 
the completion of a comprehensive questionnaire by each 
of the directors, while the second part of the evaluation 
process, following the completion of the questionnaire, was 
one-to-one meetings between each director and the Senior 
Independent Director. At these meetings the feedback given 
by the directors in the questionnaire was discussed and the 
directors had the opportunity to put forward any actions 
for improvement, both at individual and board levels as they 
thought fit. The Senior Independent Director then presented 
the results of the evaluation at a board meeting. The 
following is a summary of the key outcomes and suggested 
actions for improvement from the internal evaluation: 

Outcomes: 

–   General expression of satisfaction with the process by 

which the board reached agreement on the strategy. This 
showed that the board worked effectively together.

–   The size of the board including the skill and experience 
therein were deemed satisfactory for the size of the 
business.

–   The relationship between the Chairman and the Chief 
Executive was working well and had the right level of 
challenge, support and encouragement. 

38     PayPoint plc  Annual Report 2017

Actions:

Remuneration

–   Proposed non-executive directors’ only dinner with the 
Chairman as an opportunity for increased interaction 
between these directors.

–   Increased oversight of the performance of members of 
the executive board to ensure that they are equipped to 
deliver on the strategic plan. 

Re-election
In accordance with the provisions of the Code all directors 
submit themselves for election or re-election at each annual 
general meeting. The board’s recommendations in respect 
of the election or re-election of each director can be found 
in the notice of meeting on pages 95 to 99.

Insurance
The Company maintains appropriate insurance cover in 
respect of legal action against the directors. 

Conflicts of interest
Under the articles of association, the board has authority 
to approve any conflicts or potential conflicts of interest 
that are declared by individual directors; conditions may be 
attached to such approvals and directors will generally not 
be entitled to participate in discussions or vote on matters 
in which they have or may have a conflict of interest.

A register of conflicts is maintained and is reviewed at 
least annually to ensure all details are kept up-to-date. 
Authorisation is sought prior to the appointment of any new 
director or if any new conflicts arise. No material conflicts were 
reported by the directors in the financial year under review.

Accountability

Financial and business reporting
Please refer to the following pages of this annual report for 
information on how the board has carried out the financial and 
business reporting obligations as stipulated under the Code: 

–   Page 67 for the board’s responsibility statement setting 

out the steps taken to present a fair, balanced and 
understandable assessment of the Company’s position 
and prospects.

–   Pages 3 to 27 for the strategy and business model which 
explains how the Company generates and preserves value 
over the longer term and the strategy  
for delivering the objectives of the Company.

–   Page 66 for the statement that the financial statements 

have been prepared on a going concern basis.

Risk management and internal control
The board has overall responsibility for establishing and 
maintaining sound risk management and internal control 
systems, and for monitoring of these systems to ensure 
that they are effective and fit for purpose. The Audit 
Committee provides support to the board in this regard  
and oversees the monitoring process. Further information 
on the risk management and internal control system is set 
out in the Audit Committee report on page 44.

The board has carried out a robust assessment of the 
nature and extent of principal risks facing the Group 
and how these risks could affect the business, financial 
condition or operations of the Group. The explanation of 
these principal risks including how they are being mitigated 
can be found on pages 20 to 22, and a statement on how 
the directors have assessed the prospects of the Group 
taking into account the current position and principal risks  
and uncertainties is on page 22.

Details of how the principles of the Code have been applied 
in respect of directors’ remuneration are set out in the 
Remuneration Committee report on pages 46 to 63.

Shareholder relations

The directors consider that the annual report and accounts 
play an important role in providing shareholders with an 
evaluation of the Company’s position and prospects. 
The board aims to achieve clear reporting of financial 
performance to all shareholders. The board acknowledges 
the importance of an open dialogue with its institutional 
shareholders and welcomes correspondence from private 
investors. The Senior Independent Director is available to 
address any unresolved shareholder concerns.

In addition to information in the annual report and on the 
PayPoint website, the annual general meeting is an ideal 
forum for interaction between the board and investors, 
which is strongly encouraged. 

During the year under review the chairman wrote to major 
shareholders offering to meet with them following the 
release of the preliminary results in May 2016. This offer 
was very well received by the shareholders contacted and 
resulted in subsequent engagement with the Chairman.

Major shareholders were also consulted on the proposed 
adjustments to the directors’ remuneration policy. Their 
feedback was taken into account and considered responses 
provided to the questions they raised.

The executive directors have an ongoing programme of 
meetings with institutional investors and analysts twice a 
year for two weeks at a time. During the year the meetings 
took place in May/June and November and were held in the 
UK in: London, Edinburgh and Oxford; and the USA in: New 
York, Chicago and Boston, in addition to meetings at the 
Company’s premises. The discussions at these meetings 
covered a wide range of issues which had previously been 
made public including strategy, performance, management 
and governance. 

The Company held briefings with institutional fund 
managers, analysts and other investors following the 
announcement of half yearly results and feedback from 
these were reported on to the board.

Committees of the board

The Audit, Nomination, Remuneration and Market 
Disclosure Committees are the formally constituted 
committees of the board which deal with specific aspects 
of the Group’s affairs in accordance with the duties and 
responsibilities formally delegated to them by the board. 
The terms of reference for each of the committees are 
available on the Company’s website at www.paypoint.com. 
Details of the Market Disclosure Committee are on page 34 
and the reports on the Audit, Nomination and Remuneration 
Committees are set out on pages 40 to 63.

PayPoint plc  Annual Report 2017     39

STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSNomination Committee report

Chairman’s statement on the Nomination Committee

I am pleased to report that the general outcome of 
the evaluation based on the assessment of committee 
members’ was positive with the members agreeing that the 
committee worked well together and had the right balance 
of skill to be able to discharge its duties effectively. 

For the year under review the Nomination Committee 
comprised Gill Barr, Neil Carson, Giles Kerr, David Morrison 
and myself, Nick Wiles as the committee Chairman. 
Subsequently, upon his appointment, Rakesh Sharma 
became a member of the committee. Biographies of each 
committee member are on page 29. 

Nick Wiles 
Chairman, Nomination Committee
25 May 2017

Dear Shareholder, 

On behalf of the Nomination Committee I am pleased to 
present the Nomination Committee report for the year 
ended 31 March 2017. The main focus for the committee 
during the year was on the processes for the appointment 
of new directors to the board. The committee continued 
to regularly assess the balance of skills, experience, 
independence and knowledge on the board. This regular 
assessment enabled the committee to correctly identify key 
skills and knowledge that would enhance the composition 
of the board, and these were then used in the recruitment 
process as key criteria for candidates to possess in order to 
be considered for appointment. 

The committee carried out an evaluation of its performance 
which followed the same process as the board evaluation 
set out on page 38. The evaluation questionnaire covered 
the areas of: 

–   Terms of reference and composition of the committee;

–   Committee management;

–   Committee effectiveness;

–   Chair effectiveness; and 

–   Overall committee performance. 

40     PayPoint plc  Annual Report 2017

Activities of the committee during 2016/17

Succession planning and board appointments

The committee met four times during the period and the 
details of meeting attendance are set out on page 35. 
The activities of the committee for the year under review 
comprised: 

Board 
composition:

Succession 
planning:

Committee 
evaluation:

The committee kept the composition 
of the board under constant review 
in order to determine the skills, 
knowledge and experience required 
in light of the various changes to the 
board. Details of appointments to 
the board are set out opposite.

The committee considered 
succession planning for board 
directors.

As highlighted in the committee 
Chairman’s letter above, the 
members of the committee carried 
out an internal evaluation of its 
performance.

Terms of 
reference:

Review of the committee’s terms of 
reference.

Diversity policy

The board embraces the supporting principles on diversity 
enshrined in the UK Corporate Governance Code relating to 
board diversity, including gender. 

The board is committed to ensuring an appropriate balance 
of skills, knowledge and experience on its board. In full 
support of the Department of Business Innovation & Skills 
objective for FTSE 350 boards to have an appropriate 
female presence, 25% of the board members are women. 
Diversity is a vital part of the continued assessment 
and enhancement of board composition and the board 
recognises the benefits of diversity amongst its members. 
The board will take account of all aspects of diversity in its 
considerations including, but not limited to gender, industry 
experience, background and race.

The Nomination Committee puts particular emphasis 
on the importance of sourcing candidates appropriately 
widely so that shortlisted candidates reflect the desire for 
increased diversity, in line with the board’s objectives as 
stated above. In order to assist the board in achieving its 
commitment, the Nomination Committee ensures that only 
independent executive search firms which subscribe to the 
Voluntary Code of Conduct for Executive Search Firms, are 
commissioned in respect of board appointments.

All board appointments are made on merit, in the context 
of balance of the skills, experience, independence and 
knowledge which the board as a whole requires to be 
effective, taking account of diversity in the manner 
described above.

The terms and conditions of appointment of non-executive 
directors are made available for inspection at the annual 
general meeting. Further details on diversity throughout 
the Group including information about the diversity and 
equality policy that applies to PayPoint employees can be 
found on pages 25 to 27.

The committee in making recommendations to the board on 
the appointments of new directors, adopts a transparent 
procedure whereby the required skills, knowledge and 
experience are carefully identified in order to complement 
and create a balance with the existing skill set on the board. 

During the year, George Earle informed the board of his 
intention to retire as Finance Director. In light of this 
development after careful consideration the Nomination 
Committee commissioned an external search, using the 
independent executive search firm, Zygos Partnership 
(Zygos) which has no other connection with the Company, 
to search for a successor to George Earle. In deciding on the 
candidate specifications, the committee took into account 
the importance of delivery on strategy and therefore made 
‘strong competency on strategy’ one of the key skills the 
candidates were required to have. The other key attributes 
required aside from technical financial competence were: 
ability to engage with investors and the market, and strong 
commercial knowledge. Based on the agreed required skill 
set, Zygos produced a shortlist of suitable candidates. The 
committee authorised the Chairman and the Chief Executive 
to meet with each of the shortlisted candidates on its behalf. 
Rachel Kentleton was identified as the candidate who met all 
the criteria, and upon her meeting with each member of the 
committee, the committee was unanimous in its decision to 
recommend her to the board for appointment as a director 
and successor to George Earle. 

Neil Carson also informed the board during the year of his 
intention to step down as a director before the 2017 annual 
general meeting. Again, the committee commissioned 
Zygos to search for a non-executive director who would 
also act as chair of the Remuneration committee following 
Neil Carson’s departure from the board. Zygos was given 
the candidate specification which was based on objective 
criteria in line with the appropriate guidelines on diversity, 
and included a requirement for the proposed candidates 
to have competence and experience relevant to the 
environment in which PayPoint operates. Zygos submitted 
a shortlist of suitable candidates to the committee. 
The committee authorised the Chairman and the Chief 
Executive to meet with each of the shortlisted candidates 
on its behalf. Rakesh Sharma was identified as the best 
candidate for the role and was subsequently recommended 
to the board by the Nomination Committee on the basis 
that he met the desired criteria.

The Chief Executive proactively manages succession 
planning for the executive board and senior management and 
keeps the board updated on developments as necessary.

The Nomination Committee report was approved by the board 
of directors on 25 May 2017 and signed on its behalf by:

Nick Wiles 
Chairman, Nomination Committee
25 May 2017

PayPoint plc  Annual Report 2017     41

STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSAudit Committee report

Chairman’s statement on the Audit Committee

Dear Shareholder,

I am pleased to present the Audit Committee report for the 
year ended 31 March 2017 which sets out the activities and 
focus of the committee for the period. 

Corporate transactions
During the year, there were two major corporate 
transactions within PayPoint being the sale of the Mobile 
payments business and the re-structuring of the Collect+ 
joint venture agreement. The committee ensured that both 
transactions were properly recognised and accounted for. 

Risk management
The committee carried on with its robust risk management 
process which saw the committee review a different risk 
area on the risk register at each committee meeting and 
assess the management and mitigation of these risk 
areas. A welcome development to the committee’s risk 
management process was that, at the invitation of the 
committee, the Head of Risk and Compliance has begun 
to attend meetings of the committee in order to present 
the risk management reports and respond directly to 
any queries the committee may have in this respect. This 
provides the opportunity for the committee to interact 
directly with the employee responsible for risk management 
and internal controls at a senior management level, and 
thereby gain a better understanding of the risk and internal 
control matters reported on. 

External auditor
The committee has approved the formal commencement  
of an audit tender in the summer of 2017 which will result 
in a new audit firm replacing Deloitte LLP (Deloitte) as 
external auditor. Further details on the decision to put the 
external audit out to tender are on page 43.

Annual report recommendation
The committee assessed and recommended to the board 
that, taken as a whole, this 2017 annual report of the 
Company is fair, balanced and understandable.

Committee effectiveness
The committee undertook an internally facilitated evaluation 
which followed the same process as the previously described 
board evaluation (see page 38). The general conclusion of 
this evaluation was that the Audit Committee is effective in 
carrying out its roles and responsibilities and its members 
continue to work well together. 

Committee composition and meetings
The Audit Committee comprised myself, Gill Barr, and 
Neil Carson. The board considers that I have recent and 
relevant financial experience in accordance with the Code. 
Full biographical details of each of the committee members, 
including relevant financial experience, are set out on page 29. 

The committee met six times during the period. The details 
of meeting attendance are set out on page 35. By invitation, 
during the year, meetings were also attended by the Chairman 
of the board and non-executive directors, the Chief Executive, 
Finance Director, Business Development Director, the Financial 
Controller, and recently the Head of Risk and Compliance.  
Our external auditor, Deloitte and internal auditor, Grant 
Thornton UK LLP, also attended the committee meetings  
as appropriate. 

The committee meetings generally take place on the same 
day as, but prior to, the Company board meetings. Where  
all the board members have not been in attendance at 
an Audit Committee meeting, either as a member of the 
committee or by invitation, the Chairman of the committee 
reports to the board as part of a separate agenda item,  
on the activities of the committee.

Key responsibilities
The key responsibilities of the Audit Committee include: 

–   monitoring the integrity of the Company’s reporting 

process and financial management;

–   oversight of the internal control and risk management 

systems in place; 

–   in-depth review of the full and half year financial 

statements before recommending these to the board 
for approval; 

–   oversight of the internal and external audit processes. 

In conclusion, I would like to thank the members of the Audit 
Committee for their support throughout the year. I hope this 
statement and the report that follows provides insight into the 
work of the committee for the year ended 31 March 2017.

Giles Kerr
Chairman, Audit Committee
25 May 2017

42     PayPoint plc  Annual Report 2017

Committee activities for 2016/17
In the year under review, the work undertaken by the Audit 
Committee was as follows: 

Financial reporting:

–   Review of the preliminary and interim results 

announcement and the annual report.

–   Review of significant accounting issues and accounting 
for major corporate transactions (as reported below).

–   Consideration of the going concern basis for preparation 

of the financial statements.

–   Consideration of the elements of the viability statement 

and the appropriate forward-looking period to be applied.

–   Recommendation of the viability statement and going 

concern statement to the board.

–   Advising the board on whether the annual report 

and accounts taken as a whole, is fair, balanced and 
understandable.

–   Review of the external auditor reports and the outcomes 

of the audit process.

External auditor:

–   Approval of the commencement of an audit tender.  

See details opposite.

–   Review and update of the non-audit services policy in line 
with changes to the Financial Reporting Council’s (FRC) 
Revised Ethical Standard in 2016.

–   Assessment of external auditor appointment, 

independence and effectiveness for recommendation 
to the board.

–   Review and approval of audit and non-audit fees.

Internal auditor:

–   Review of the internal auditor’s engagement and 
agreement for the extension of the engagement.

–   Consideration of internal audit reports presented during 

the year.

Audit plans:

–   Consideration and approval of the internal and external 

audit plans.

Risk management and internal controls:

–   Review of insurance renewal proposals.

–   Confirmation at every meeting of the committee, that 

there were no whistleblowing incidents to report.

–   Review of reports produced by the Head of Risk and 

Compliance on risk management and internal controls 
within the Group.

–   Review of the six monthly BSI assessment reports.  
BSI carry out independent audits of the PayPoint  
network operations.

–   Review of the principal risks and the mitigation of these 

risks as set out on page 20.

–   Review of the risk review action register which shows  

the actions arising from the group risk review.

Committee governance:

–   Review and update of the Audit Committee terms of 

reference in accordance with the 2016 version of the UK 
Corporate Governance Code.

–   Committee evaluation of its performance, which followed 
the same format as the internal board evaluation exercise 
(see page 38). 

The significant issues considered by the committee 
in relation to the 2017 accounts, and how these were 
addressed, were:

–   Accounting for the Collect+ transaction: We have 

reviewed the relevant accounting considerations in 
connection with the Collect+ transaction and are satisfied 
that the position taken is appropriate. In the context of 
accounting for the arrangement on a go forward basis, 
this has been evaluated against the requirements of 
IFRS 11 – Joint Arrangements. We are satisfied that the 
arrangement is a joint operation and that the accounting 
for the Group’s interest in Collect+ is appropriate.

–   Revenue Recognition: We reviewed the recognition of 

income to ensure that the approach adopted is accurate 
and consistent. The Group relies heavily on its computer 
systems to record this data accurately. We have reviewed 
the effectiveness of the Group’s system of internal control 
and risk management, reviewed the results of internal 
audit, and reviewed the results of the auditor’s tests of 
general computer controls relating to the applications 
that underpin the revenue cycle, which were found to be 
effective. We are comfortable with this conclusion.

–   Management override of controls: The internal audit 

programme will continue to address the effectiveness of 
the key controls. The external auditors also test the key 
internal financial controls. We have reviewed the results 
of internal audit, the external audit and audits by clients, 
Link and BSI and we review and challenge management’s 
actions to resolve any points arising from these audits 
and risk reviews carried out throughout the year. We are 
satisfied that adequate controls are in place.

Audit tendering
Deloitte were initially appointed as external auditors 
following a formal tender process, for the year ended 31 
March 2001. For the two periods prior to this, from the date 
of incorporation of the Company, the auditors were Arthur 
Andersen. These two periods are required to be included in 
the determination of the duration of auditor appointment. 
The appointment of Deloitte LLP as external auditor, 
including the rotation of the audit partner, is kept under 
annual review. Hadleigh Shekle is the current audit partner 
and he has completed two years of his five year term.  
An annual review of the effectiveness of the external audit  
is undertaken by the committee.

In March 2017, the committee, in carrying out its review of 
the external auditor’s performance considered whether 
to initiate or defer an external audit tender process. It was 
noted that under the terms of the transitional provisions 
applicable under EU Regulation, PayPoint will be required 
to appoint a new auditor for the year ending 31 March 
2025. The committee in its consideration also had regard 
to the Revised Ethical Standard published by the FRC 
in 2016, which incorporated changes relating to auditor 
independence, including new prohibitions and restrictions 
on non-audit services. In its assessment, the committee 
concluded that Deloitte remain independent and their 

PayPoint plc  Annual Report 2017     43

STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSAudit Committee report continued

performance satisfactory. Nevertheless it was decided that 
in order to avoid conflict situations pertaining to provision 
of non-audit services which could arise in future, it was in 
the best interest of shareholders that the external audit be 
put out to tender in the summer of 2017. Deloitte will not be 
asked to participate in the tender process, however Deloitte 
has agreed to be re-appointed as auditor at the 2017 annual 
general meeting and will hold office until the new auditor is 
appointed following the tender process. The committee will 
supervise the tender process including the implementation 
of a robust audit tender governance process, to be agreed 
on, which would deliver a successful external audit tender 
process with minimal disruption to the Group.

Consequently, based on its assessment, the committee 
has provided the board with its recommendation to the 
shareholders on the re-appointment of Deloitte LLP as 
external auditor to hold office until the appointment of 
a new external auditor following the conclusion of the 
audit tender process. There are no contractual obligations 
restricting the committee’s choice of auditor. A resolution 
for re-appointment of the auditor will be proposed at the 
forthcoming annual general meeting, the notice for which can 
be found on pages 95 to 99, to fulfil the legal requirement 
for the Group to have an auditor until the conclusion of the 
audit tender.

External audit
The effectiveness of the audit process is underpinned by 
appropriate audit planning and risk identification at the 
outset of the audit cycle. The auditor provides a detailed 
audit plan identifying its assessment of the risks and other 
key matters for review. For the year ended 31 March 2017, 
the primary risks identified were: accounting for the Collect+ 
transaction, revenue recognition and management override 
of controls.

The committee reviews and challenges the work undertaken 
by the auditor to test management’s assumptions on these 
matters. An assessment of the effectiveness of the audit 
process in addressing these items is performed through the 
reporting received from the auditor at the half-year and year 
end. The committee seeks feedback from management on the 
effectiveness of the audit process. No significant issues were 
raised with respect to the audit process for the period and the 
quality of the audit process was assessed to be good.

The 2016 audit of PayPoint plc was subject to inspection 
from the Financial Reporting Council’s Audit Quality Review 
team (the AQR team). The review commenced in August 
2016 and focused on those matters assessed to be most 
significant to the audit, both from a Group perspective and 
in reviewing the component work for UK and Ireland. The 
PayPoint group audit file was given a Grade 1, by the AQR 
team, which means it was rated as good, and there were 
no significant areas for improvement identified with regard 
to the component audit work. The chairman of the Audit 
Committee received a full copy of the findings of the AQR 
team and has discussed these with Deloitte. The Audit 
Committee is satisfied that there is nothing within the report 
which might have a bearing on the audit appointment. 

The Audit Committee meets the external auditor without the 
executive directors being present and procedures are in place, 
which allow access at any time of both external and internal 
auditor to the Audit Committee. The Chairman of the 
committee reports the outcome of each meeting to the board.

The committee’s assessment of the external auditor’s 
performance and independence was found to be 
satisfactory and this underpinned its recommendation to 
the board to propose to shareholders the re-appointment 

44     PayPoint plc  Annual Report 2017

of Deloitte LLP as auditor to hold office until the 
appointment of a new external auditor following the audit 
tender process, details of which are on page 43. 

Non-audit services
During the year, the committee considered the nature of 
non-audit services and the level of fees for non-audit services 
provided by the auditor, in order to satisfy itself that auditor 
independence is safeguarded. Under the non-audit services 
policy for the Group which was applicable for the whole of the 
year under review, the auditor was prohibited from providing 
certain services which might impair their independence.  
The committee monitored compliance with the policy 
throughout the year. The policy also prescribed that any fees 
(excluding tax), for non-audit services performed by the 
auditor in a particular year, were to be provisionally capped at 
an aggregate total equivalent to the level of the annual audit 
fee. Any proposal to use the auditor for non-audit services 
whereby the fees exceeded the stated cap, was subject to  
the prior approval of the Audit Committee. 

In determining the most appropriate provider of non-audit 
services, the committee considered the knowledge and 
expertise of the potential providers and the proposed 
costs. Where non-audit services were provided by the 
external auditors, it was based on a conclusion by the 
committee that they were best placed to provide the 
services in view of their knowledge of the business, and 
that the provision of the services posed no threat to their 
independence. Details of the remuneration paid to the 
auditor for the statutory audit and non-audit services, 
which normally are limited to assurance and tax advice,  
are set out in note 8.

In light of the changes introduced by the FRC to the 
Revised Ethical Standard in 2016, the committee reviewed 
and updated its policy on auditor independence and the 
provision of non-audit services by the external auditor 
with effect from 1 April 2017. This policy is a guide on 
the types of work that it is acceptable for the external 
auditor to undertake, and provides clarity on the process 
to be followed for approval of the provision of non-audit 
services by the external auditor. The policy also covers the 
70% cap on non-audit fees as prescribed by the EU audit 
regulation. It states that the fees for permitted non-audit 
services provided by the external auditor must not exceed 
a specified amount and must have a cumulative annual total 
of less than 23% of that year’s audit fee before VAT.

Risk management and internal control
The board is responsible for establishing and maintaining 
the Group’s system of internal control, and for regularly 
reviewing its effectiveness. The board has carried out a 
robust assessment of the principal risks facing the Group, 
including those that would threaten its business model, 
future performance, solvency or liquidity. These risks are 
disclosed on pages 20 to 22 together with how they are 
being managed or mitigated. PayPoint has risk management 
processes in place, the purpose of which is to identify, 
assess, quantify, control, avoid, transfer or accept risk in 
order to ensure that the business can maximise and protect 
its value. Risk management is embedded in the organisation 
and within all projects and operational processes. It is 
entrenched in the operation of the business at all levels in 
order to drive improvements and prevent non-compliance 
in business processes. The risk management system in 
place is designed to manage, rather than eliminate, the risk 
of failure to achieve business objectives and therefore can 
only provide reasonable and not absolute assurance against 
material misstatement or loss.

The framework for the risk management process is as 
follows: 

Head of Risk and Compliance identifies risks through 
discussions with executive board members and senior 
managers in each business function across PayPoint.

Identified risks are documented in risk registers 
associated with business functions. Newly identified 
risks are reported to the Audit Committee prior to their 
documentation.

The main areas of risk to the Group are recorded in the 
Corporate Risk Register (CRR) which contains a high-
level description of risks that fall within seven distinct 
areas of the business, being: Cyber, technology & 
process; Fraud; Legal, regulatory & compliance; Clients, 
agents & other third parties; Economic growth; Product/
project management; and HR/personnel.

Reports on each of the seven risk areas in the CRR 
are presented by the Head of Risk and Compliance at 
least once per calendar year for review at every Audit 
Committee meeting. In addition the Audit Committee 
receives regular updates on the on-going risk 
management, control systems and processes which are 
discussed at its meetings.

The key features of the Group’s internal control systems 
that ensure the accuracy and reliability of financial 
reporting include: clearly defined lines of accountability 
and delegation of authority; policies and procedures that 
cover financial planning and reporting; preparation of 
monthly management accounts; project governance and 
information security; annual certifications from business 
managing directors and finance directors; and review of 
the disclosures within the annual report and accounts 
from functional leads. The reviews by the functional leads 
ensure that the disclosures made appropriately reflect the 
developments within the Group in the year and meet the 
requirement of being fair, balanced and understandable.

All procedures necessary to comply with the FRC’s Internal 
Control: Revised Guidance for Directors on the Combined 
Code have been in place throughout the period under review 
and up to the date of approval of the annual report and 
financial statements. The directors have conducted a formal 
review of the effectiveness of the Group’s system of internal 
control during the year under review and up to the date of 
approval of the annual report and accounts. No significant 
failings or weaknesses were identified during the review.

Whistleblowing 
The Company continuously seeks to prevent malpractice 
(including criminal offences or activity, fraud, financial 
mismanagement or corruption, health and safety issues, 
breach of compliance or legislation, bribery and corruption) in 
its business. However, if any malpractice is discovered, there 
are whistleblowing processes in place to ensure that this is 
properly addressed in accordance with guidance published 
by the UK Department for Business Innovation & Skills.

Employees who bring information about malpractice to 
the attention of management through the whistleblowing 
processes, are protected. In accordance with the policies 
in place, the executive board and senior management have 
a duty to ensure that they are approachable, welcome 
disclosure, value communication and that there is no fear 
of reprisal. Under no circumstances would the informant be 
subject to victimisation or harassment as a consequence of 
their disclosure.

The committee has ‘whistleblowing’ as a standing item 
on the agenda of all its meetings, and any instances of 
employee disclosures concerning malpractice are reported 
to the committee. There were no instances of malpractice 
reported to the committee during the year.

Anti-bribery and corruption 
The Company operates an anti-bribery and corruption 
policy which was put in place in response to the UK Bribery 
Act 2010. This policy sets out the responsibilities of 
employees of the Group in observing and maintaining the 
Group’s position on bribery and corruption, which is that 
PayPoint will uphold all laws relevant to countering bribery 
and corruption in all the jurisdictions in which it operates. 
All employees are required to undertake a Bribery and 
Corruption Awareness training programme as part of their 
induction process upon joining the Group. Subsequent to 
their induction, employees who are deemed to be at risk by 
virtue of their roles, are required to attend a tailored anti-
bribery and corruption training course which is organised 
internally on a yearly basis.

Internal audit
The committee is responsible for approving a rigorous 
internal audit programme (the Programme) covering all 
of the Group’s key business areas. The Programme was 
approved in March 2014 when the current internal auditors, 
Grant Thornton UK LLP (Grant Thornton), were appointed 
following a tender process. Each year the Programme is 
reviewed during the internal audit planning process, to 
ensure that any changes are taken into account. In addition 
to reviewing the Programme, Grant Thornton, in forming the 
internal audit plan for the year under review, also: consulted 
with a number of key stakeholders in the business including 
the Audit Committee Chairman, the Finance Director and 
the Head of Risk and Compliance and reviewed previous 
internal audit and other assurance work. The committee 
approved the internal audit plan for the year and reviewed 
the audit findings which were presented to it by Grant 
Thornton following the internal audit. 

During the year, the committee assessed the effectiveness 
of Grant Thornton as internal auditors and concluded they 
were performing well and had demonstrated continued 
improvement. 

The Audit Committee report was approved by the board  
of directors on 25 May 2017 and signed on its behalf by:

Giles Kerr
Chairman, Audit Committee

PayPoint plc  Annual Report 2017     45

STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSRemuneration report

Annual Statement by the chair of the Remuneration Committee

Dear Shareholder, 

I am pleased to present our Directors’ Remuneration Report, 
prepared by the Remuneration Committee and approved by 
the board, for the financial year ended 31 March 2017.

Pay and performance
Executive director salaries were adjusted from 1 April 
2016, broadly in line with those for the general employee 
population. No salary increases are planned for 2017. 

As set out in the Strategic report, the year ended 31 March 
2017 has seen the strong delivery of some key milestones 
in the development of the Company’s strategy. It is against 
this backdrop that the committee assessed the performance 
of the variable incentive plans, which for this year included 
the 2016/17 annual bonus, the 2014 Deferred Share Bonus 
(DSB) award and the 2014 Long Term Incentive Plan (LTIP) 
award.

Annual bonuses for the year under review were 64.8% of 
maximum, reflecting growth in economic profit of 19.6%, 
with 25% deferred into shares vesting after three years, 
subject to continued employment.

Based on our three year adjusted earnings per share growth 
to 31 March 2017 of 21.6%, the 2014 DSB awards will vest 
in full. 2014 LTIP awards will be performance-tested in May 
2017 and, based on TSR performance to date relative to 
FTSE 250 index constituents (excluding investment trusts), 
we expect these awards to lapse.

The committee is comfortable that the Executive Director 
rewards for the year ended 31 March 2017 are appropriately 
aligned to the Company’s performance that has been 
delivered over the one and three year performance periods 
of the annual bonus and LTIP respectively.

Total Shareholder Return performance and the Chief 
Executive Officer’s reward over the last eight years,  
rebased to 100, can be seen on the graph opposite.

FTSE 250 Index (excluding ITs)

PayPoint plc

CEO Single Figure

500

400

300

200

100

0

01 March 
2009

Policy renewal at the 2017 annual general meeting
As a result of the three year Remuneration Policy reaching 
the end of its life in 2017, the Remuneration Committee 
undertook a review of the policy at the end of 2016 in light 
of the Group’s strategy and the developing views of our 
major investors. As part of the review, I wrote to the top 
circa 14 shareholders and main representative bodies. 

The main conclusion in respect of the review was that the 
current Directors’ Remuneration Policy, originally approved 
at the 2014 annual general meeting with significant levels of 
support, remains fit for purpose and no material amendments 
should be made at the present time. That said, the 
committee will continue to monitor market and best practice 
developments (including the Executive Remuneration 
Working Group’s proposals on the simplification of pay and 
any outcomes from the UK Government’s Green Paper on 
Corporate Governance Reform).

46     PayPoint plc  Annual Report 2017

However, the Remuneration Committee is aware that best 
practice has evolved in a number of areas over the last 
circa three years and, as such, a number of areas of the 
Remuneration Policy will be updated to reflect this, namely:

–   The introduction of a formal base salary cap. Whilst our 
default approach will remain that any salary increases 
are aligned with those in line with the wider workforce, 
this will be limited to no more than 15% a year, unless 
there is an exceptional change in the size or structure 
of the business, which materially changes the scope of 
responsibilities. There will be no cap on salary levels for 
new recruits or promotions to the board, or promotions 
within the board.

–   The current malus (aka withholding) provisions will be 
strengthened and clawback provisions (aka recovery) 
will be introduced on a consistent basis across both the 
annual bonus and LTIP rules.

–   Shareholding guidelines will be increased from 100% 

of salary to 200% of salary for the Chief Executive and 
150% of salary for the Finance Director and Business 
Development Director.

–   A two year post-vesting holding period will be applied to LTIP 
awards granted to executive directors from 2017 onwards. 
The holding period will continue to apply post-cessation.

The Remuneration Committee will therefore be seeking 
shareholder approval at the 2017 annual general meeting 
to roll over the existing policy, albeit with the updated 
shareholder protections presented above. 

Implementation of the Remuneration Policy for 2017/18
Following the consultation exercise with the Company’s 
largest investors in connection to the Remuneration 
Policy approval, the Remuneration Committee intends 
to make a number of changes to the way it operates the 
Remuneration Policy for the year ending 31 March 2018. 
The committee spent a significant time considering and 
debating these proposals in the context of transition in the 
Company’s strategy, the impact of recent board changes, 
the need to support future talent management and 
succession planning activities and with reference to the pay 
arrangements proposed for other senior executives.

Details of how the policy will be implemented and the 
changes from the prior year are set out on page 48 although 
the main changes are the introduction of EPS performance 
targets for half of LTIP awards (the other half will continue 
to be measured on relative TSR, which previously operated 
as the sole performance measure for the LTIP awards) 
and the Chief Executive’s incentive provision. In respect 
of the latter, the Chief Executive’s incentive potential has 
been increased (albeit still within the existing shareholder 
approved policy) as a result of the Committee wishing to 
incentivise and reward the Chief Executive for the delivery 
of key strategic goals over the next 3 to 5 years, which 
is considered to be a crucial period in the Company’s 
development. While annual bonus provision and LTIP 
awards have been increased, the performance targets  
(and vesting scales in respect of LTIP awards) have been 
made tougher and level of bonus deferral has been doubled  
(in addition to the extra shareholder protections which  
have been introduced as detailed above). 

The committee is satisfied that the changes proposed 
are appropriate, as any additional incentive potential can 
only be realised for the delivery of broader and tougher 
performance metrics, and with a longer time horizon, 
to ensure performance is sustainable and aligned with 
shareholders. 

Looking forward
In 2016, our Remuneration Report received the support 
of 96.23% of shareholders. The committee would like to 
thank shareholders for their continued support and I hope 
that you will support the 2017 annual general meeting 
resolutions. 

On the basis that I will be stepping down as a non-executive 
director shortly before the forthcoming annual general 
meeting, as previously stated on page 32, Rakesh Sharma 
will succeed me as a non-executive director and as 
Chairman of the Remuneration Committee. I would like to 
wish him and the Group continued success.

Neil Carson 
Chairman, Remuneration Committee
25 May 2017

PayPoint plc  Annual Report 2017     47

STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSRemuneration report continued

Policy implementation for 2017/18:
–   There will be no base salary increases to executive directors for the year ended 31 March 2018. The Remuneration 

Committee will move the normal salary review date for future reviews, from 1 April to 1 July, so that it is aligned with the 
general workforce review date. 

–   Pension provision, capped at 20% of salary under the existing and proposed Remuneration Policy will remain unchanged 
at 16% of salary for the Chief Executive and 15% of salary for the other executive directors. No changes will be made to 
benefit provisions.

–   Annual bonus provision, capped at 150% of salary under the existing and proposed Remuneration Policy will be set at 

150% of salary for the Chief Executive and 106% of salary for the other directors. Strategic measures will be introduced 
for a minority of bonus potential. Reflecting the Chief Executive’s increased bonus potential, the proportion of his bonus 
deferred will be increased from 25% to 50%, which will result in his cash bonus potential decreasing. For any bonus to be 
paid under the strategic targets, a threshold economic profit target must be achieved.

–   LTIP awards, capped at 200% of salary under the existing and proposed Remuneration Policy, will be 50% based on 

EPS growth targets and 50% based on relative TSR to reflect the committee’s desire for more balanced performance 
metrics. The Chief Executive’s LTIP award will be set at 175% of salary, although to reflect the increase in the Chief 
Executive’s award level, his vesting schedule and the TSR targets will be toughened. LTIP awards for the other executive 
directors will remain at 125% of salary (with 25% of awards continuing to vest at threshold and full vesting for upper 
quartile TSR). Assuming the new policy is approved at the 2017 annual general meeting, these awards will be subject to 
the new two year holding period which continues to apply post-cessation

Policy scope
The Policy applies to the Chairman, executive directors and non-executive directors.

Policy duration
The new Directors’ Remuneration Policy will be put to a binding shareholder vote at the annual general meeting on 26 July 
2017 and, subject to receiving majority shareholder support, the Policy will apply from the date of approval and is intended 
to remain in place for a maximum of three years.

Changes from 2014 Remuneration Policy
The main changes from the 2014 Remuneration Policy are summarised below:

–   The introduction of a formal salary cap. Salary increases will be limited to no more than 15% a year, unless there is an 

exceptional change in the size or structure of the business which materially changes the scope of responsibilities (there 
will be no cap on salary levels for new recruits or promotions to the board, or promotions within the board).

–   The current malus (aka withholding) provisions will be strengthened and clawback provisions (aka recovery) will be 

introduced on a consistent basis across both the annual and long-term incentive plan (LTIP) rules.

–   Shareholding guidelines will be increased from 100% of salary to 200% of salary for the Chief Executive and 150% of 

salary for the Finance Director and Business Development Director.

–   A two year post-vesting holding period will be applied to LTIP awards granted to executive directors from 2017 onwards. 

The holding period will continue to apply post-cessation of employment.

To aid the administration and clarity of its operation, a number of minor changes have also been made to the wording of the 
Remuneration Policy where appropriate.

Consideration of conditions elsewhere in the Company
When making decisions on executive director remuneration, the committee considers pay and conditions across PayPoint. 
In particular, it is anticipated that salary increases for senior executives will have regard to those of salaried employees as a 
whole.

Consideration of shareholder views
The Remuneration Committee maintains a regular dialogue with its major shareholders and when determining 
remuneration, takes into account the guidelines of investor bodies and shareholder views. The committee continues to 
monitor trends and developments in corporate governance and market practice to ensure the structure of the executive 
remuneration remains appropriate and commits to undergo a shareholder consultation in advance of any material changes 
to remuneration policy. 

48     PayPoint plc  Annual Report 2017

Executive directors’ remuneration
The table below summarises our policy on each element of the remuneration package for executive directors.

Element and  
link to strategy

Base salary 
Takes account of 
personal 
contribution and 
performance 
against Company 
strategy

d
e
x
F

i

Pension
Provides market 
appropriate 
benefits

Benefits
Provides 
appropriate 
market benefits

Operation

Opportunity 

Performance metrics

The salary review takes into 
account individual and Company 
performance.

Reviewed annually, with account 
taken of responsibility and skills, 
the individual director’s 
performance and experience, pay 
for comparable roles and pay and 
conditions throughout the 
Company.

Any base salary increases are 
applied in line with the outcome 
of the annual review and normal 
salary increases will have regard 
to those of salaried employees as 
a whole. 

Salary increases will be limited to 
no more than 15% a year, unless 
there is an exceptional change in 
the size or structure of the 
business which materially 
changes the scope of 
responsibilities (there will be no 
cap on salary levels for new 
recruits or promotions to the 
board, or promotions within the 
board).

None

None

The Company makes 
contributions to personal pension 
plans or cash allowance in lieu of 
pension.

Executive directors may receive a 
contribution and/or a cash 
allowance in lieu of pension, up to 
20% of salary.

Benefits may include, but are not 
limited to, car allowance, health 
insurance and employee share 
plans. 

In certain circumstances, the 
committee may also approve the 
provision of additional allowances 
relating to the relocation of an 
executive director and other 
expatriate benefits to perform his 
or her role.

All reasonable business related 
expenses will be reimbursed 
(including any tax due thereon).

Benefits vary by role and 
individual circumstances and are 
reviewed periodically. Benefits 
will not normally exceed 15% of 
salary.

The committee retains discretion 
to approve a higher cost in 
exceptional circumstances (e.g. 
relocation) or in circumstances 
where factors outside the 
Company’s control have changed 
materially (e.g. increases in 
insurance premiums).

PayPoint plc  Annual Report 2017     49

STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSRemuneration report continued

Element and  
link to strategy

Annual bonus 
and Deferred 
Annual Bonus 
Scheme (DABS) 
Rewards delivery 
of the Group’s 
annual financial 
and strategic 
goals and 
supports 
retention

Long Term 
Incentive Plan 
(LTIP) 
Drives sustained 
long term 
performance, aids 
retention and 
aligns the 
interests of 
executive 
directors with 
shareholders

l

e
b
a

i
r
a
V

Operation

Opportunity 

Performance metrics

150% of salary.

A minority of the bonus would be 
payable for achieving threshold 
performance. Where appropriate 
a sliding scale between threshold 
and maximum performance will be 
used to determine the payout 
under each metric.

Annual awards of performance 
shares of up to 200% of salary for 
executive directors. 

Achievement of threshold level of 
performance results in no more 
than 25% of maximum vesting. 

Where appropriate a sliding scale 
between threshold and maximum 
performance will be used to 
determine the payout under each 
metric.

The Remuneration Committee 
reviews and agrees measures, 
targets and weightings at the 
beginning of each financial year.

At the end of the year, the 
Remuneration Committee 
determines the extent to which 
targets have been achieved.

Under the DABS at least 25% of 
any annual bonus award is 
deferred into conditional share 
awards, deferred cash or nil-cost 
options for at least three years, 
subject to continued 
employment.

Dividends accrue on deferred 
awards as additional share 
entitlements over the deferral 
period but would only vest on 
awards that vest.

Awards are subject to clawback 
and malus provisions (see notes 
to table)

Annual awards of conditional 
share awards or nil-cost options 
vesting subject to performance 
and continued employment over 
at least three years. 

Subject to shareholder approval, 
awards granted from 2017 
onwards will be subject to a two 
year holding period, which will 
continue to apply post-cessation.

Award levels and performance 
conditions are reviewed by the 
committee in advance of grant to 
ensure they remain appropriate.

Awards are subject to clawback 
and malus provisions (see notes 
to table). Dividends accrue as 
additional share entitlements 
over the vesting period but would 
only be paid on awards that vest.

The majority of the award will be 
based on financial targets. 

A minority of the award may be 
based on strategic/personal 
targets.

The Remuneration Committee 
reviews and agrees targets at the 
beginning of each financial year 
and may subsequently adjust 
those targets as detailed in the 
notes to this table. 

The Remuneration Committee 
also has the discretion to adjust 
the formulaic bonus outcomes 
both upwards (within the plan 
limits) and downwards, to ensure 
that payments are a true 
reflection of performance of the 
Company over the performance 
period, e.g. in the event of 
unforeseen circumstances 
outside of management control. 
Any use of discretion will be 
explained in the respective 
Annual Report on Remuneration.

Financial performance metrics 
(e.g. Earnings Per Share) and/or 
share price related metrics (e.g. 
Total Shareholder Return).

Where TSR is operated, the 
Remuneration Committee will 
satisfy itself that the recorded 
TSR is a genuine reflection of the 
underlying financial performance 
of the Company.

In addition:

–   The Remuneration Committee 
has the discretion to adjust the 
formulaic outcomes to ensure 
alignment of pay with 
performance, i.e. to ensure the 
outcome is a true reflection of 
the performance of the 
Company, e.g. in the event of 
unforeseen circumstances 
outside of management 
control.

–   If events occur which cause the 
committee to consider that 
these performance 
requirements have become 
unfair or impractical, it may, in 
its discretion, amend the 
performance requirements so 
that they are no more or less 
difficult to satisfy than when it 
was originally set.

Shareholding 
guidelines 
Encourages a 
long-term focus 
and aligns the 
interests of 
executive 
directors with 
shareholders

All employee 
share plans 
Encourage share 
ownership across 
all employees

Shareholding guidelines require 
executive directors to acquire a 
specified shareholding. 

Executive directors are required 
to retain 50% of any LTIP and 
deferred bonus shares acquired 
on vesting (net of tax) until the 
guideline level is achieved. 
Acquired holdings may be held by 
spouses or dependent family 
members.

Operation of an HMRC favoured 
all-employee share plan (currently 
a SIP).

Executive directors may 
participate on the same basis as 
all other eligible employees.

Chief Executive: 200% of salary.

None

Other Directors: 150% of salary.

Up to the prevailing HMRC 
approved limits. 

None

50     PayPoint plc  Annual Report 2017

Notes to the policy table

Payments from previous awards
The Company will honour any commitments entered into prior to the approval and implementation of the new 
Remuneration Policy as detailed in this report, and executive directors will be eligible to receive payment from any 
historical share awards made. 

Clawback (aka recovery) and malus (aka withholding) provisions
From FY17/18, all incentive awards, including the cash and deferred element of the annual bonus and the LTIP, will be 
subject to consistent clawback and malus provisions. The committee will be entitled to enact these provisions in the 
following circumstances:

–   misconduct;

–   material misstatement;

–   error in calculation; and

–   serious reputational damage to the Company.

These provisions will be in operation for a period of up to 3 years post payment/vesting. 

Use of discretion 
The Remuneration Committee may exercise discretion in two broad areas for each element of remuneration:

–   To ensure fairness and align executive director remuneration with underlying individual and Company performance, the 

committee may adjust upwards or downwards the outcome of any short- or long-term incentive plan payment within the 
limits of the relevant plan rules. Any adjustments in light of corporate events will be made on a neutral basis, i.e. the 
intention of any adjustment will be that the event is not to the benefit or detriment of participants. Adjustments to 
underlying performance may be made in exceptional circumstances to ensure outcomes are fair both to shareholders 
and participants.

–   In the case of a non-regular event occurring, the committee may apply its discretion to ensure fairness and seek 
alignment with business objectives. Non-regular events in this context include, but are not limited to: corporate 
transactions, changes in the Company’s accounting policies, minor or administrative matters, internal promotions, 
external recruitment and terminations.

Any use of discretion by the committee during the financial year will be detailed in the relevant annual report on 
remuneration.

Performance measure selection
Economic profit has been selected as the primary financial measure for the annual bonus plan, as it captures growth, 
returns and risk. Economic profit is defined as operating profit after deducting the actual tax charge and a capital charge 
based on the weighted average cost of capital applied to the average capital employed. The operating profit is the profit 
before any goodwill impairment, interest and tax. Average capital employed is based on a 12 month average starting on  
1 April including cumulative goodwill but excluding net cash/indebtedness. At the sole discretion of the Remuneration 
Committee, exceptional items may be removed from operating profit where the inclusion of such items would be 
inconsistent with fair measurement, and actual tax may be adjusted to normalised rates if they are considered 
unsustainable. Performance targets relating to the annual bonus plan are set from the Company’s annual budget, which is 
reviewed and signed off by the board prior to the start of each financial year. The target is based on a number of internal 
and external relevance points. The target is set to be stretching but achievable, with regard to the particular strategic 
priorities and economic environment in a given year. 

Strategic targets for the annual bonus may be set each year based on the Company’s prevailing strategic objectives at that 
time. Targets will be set on a measurable, quantifiable basis where possible, but due to the nature of the objective, may 
require some subjective assessment. 

Absolute EPS and relative TSR have been selected as the current measures for the LTIP as EPS is considered to be an all-
encompassing measure of long-term financial performance while TSR is considered the best measure of long-term share 
price performance for PayPoint, being directly aligned with shareholder interests and rewards management for 
outperformance of the Company’s peers. TSR is calculated using the three month average share price preceding the start 
and end of the performance period. 

The committee retains the discretion to alter the weighting, substitute or use new performance measures for future 
incentive awards, if they are felt to better support the strategy of the business at that time. 

Remuneration policy for other employees
PayPoint’s approach to annual salary reviews is consistent across the Group, with consideration given to the level of 
experience, responsibility, individual performance and salary levels in comparable companies. All UK employees are eligible 
to participate in the Company’s SIP and senior managers participate in the annual bonus scheme with the same measure at 
the appropriate business level as is set for the executive directors at Group level, but each with personal targets in 
addition. Members of the executive board and senior managers (circa 25 individuals) are eligible to participate in the LTIP. 
Performance conditions are consistent for all participants, while award sizes vary by organisational level.

PayPoint plc  Annual Report 2017     51

STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
Remuneration report continued

Non-executive director remuneration

The remuneration of the non-executive directors is within the limits set by the articles of association. Non-executive 
directors do not participate in any bonus plan or share incentive programme operated by the Company and are not  
entitled to pension contributions or other benefits provided by the Company. 

Details of the policy on fees paid to our non-executive directors are set out in the table below:

Performance 
metrics
Continued 
strong and 
objective 
contribution

Element and link to 
strategy
Fees 
To attract and retain 
non-executive 
directors of the 
highest calibre with 
broad commercial 
and other experience 
relevant to the 
Company

Operation
Fee levels are normally reviewed annually. 

The remuneration of the non-executive 
directors is determined by the board based 
upon recommendations from the Chairman 
and Chief Executive (or, in the case of the 
Chairman, based on recommendations of 
the committee).

Additional fees are payable for roles with 
additional responsibilities including, but not 
limited to, the SID and the chairs of the 
Audit and Remuneration Committees.

Fee levels are benchmarked against sector 
comparators and companies of similar size 
and complexity. Time commitment and 
responsibility are taken into account when 
reviewing fee levels.

All reasonable business related expenses 
may be reimbursed (including any tax due 
thereon).

Opportunity
Non-executive director fee increases are 
applied in line with the outcome of the 
annual fee review. Fees paid in respect of 
the year under review (and for the 
following year) are disclosed in the annual 
report on remuneration.

It is expected that non-executive director 
fee levels will generally be positioned 
around median but may fall within the 
second and third quartiles, and any 
increases will also have regard to general 
increases in non-executive directors’ fees 
across the market. In the event that there 
is a material misalignment with the market 
or a change in the complexity, 
responsibility or time commitment 
required to fulfil a non-executive director 
role, or specific recruitment needs, the 
board has discretion to make an 
appropriate adjustment to fee levels.

Aggregate fees are also limited by the cap 
contained in the Company’s articles of 
association.

52     PayPoint plc  Annual Report 2017

Pay scenario charts

The charts below provide an illustration of the potential future reward opportunities for the executive directors, and the 
potential split between the different elements of remuneration under three different performance scenarios: minimum, target 
and maximum. Potential reward opportunities are based on PayPoint’s remuneration policy, applied to base salaries as at  
1 April 2017. For the annual bonus, the amounts illustrated are those potentially receivable in respect of performance based 
on the maximum bonus opportunity of 150% of salary for the Chief Executive and 106% of salary for the other directors.  
For the LTIP, the award opportunities are based on LTIP awards of 175% of salary for the Chief Executive and 125% of salary 
for other executive directors. Note that LTIP awards granted in the year do not normally vest until the third anniversary of the 
date of grant, and the projected value is based on the face value at award rather than vesting (i.e. the scenarios exclude the 
impact of any share price movement over the period). For simplicity, the value of any SIP awards are excluded. 

2,500

2,000

1,500

1,000

500

0

£2,185,900

39%

34%

£1,288,220

13%

41%

£593,400

100%

46%

27%

Fixed Pay

Annual Bonus

LTIP

£707,610
13%
34%

£374,200

100%

53%

£1,085,680

36%

30%

34%

£747,112
13%
34%

£394,548

100%

53%

£1,146,901

36%

30%

34%

£000s

Minimum

On-target

Maximum

£000s

Minimum

On-target

Maximum

£000s

Minimum

On-target

Maximum

Chief Executive

Finance Director

Business Development Director

In illustrating potential reward opportunities, the following assumptions have been made: 

Fixed

Component
Base salary
Pension
Other benefits

Target

Minimum
Salary as at 1 April 2017
Current contribution rate applied to latest known salary
Estimated value for year ending 31 March 2018

Maximum

Annual bonus
(Maximum opportunity of 150% of salary for the 
Chief Executive and 106% of salary for the 
other directors)

No bonus payable

LTIP 
(Awards of 175% of salary for the Chief Executive and 
125% of salary for the other directors)

No LTIP vesting

Target bonus:  
80% of max for financial 
targets, 50% of max for 
strategic/personal 
targets
Threshold vesting  
25% of max 
(20% of max for the 
Chief Executive)

Maximum bonus

Maximum vesting

PayPoint plc  Annual Report 2017     53

STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSRemuneration report continued

Approach to recruitment remuneration

External appointment 
In the cases of hiring or appointing a new executive director from outside the Company, the Remuneration Committee may 
make use of all the existing components of remuneration, as follows:

Component
Base salary

Pension
Benefits

SIP
Annual bonus

LTIP

Approach
The base salaries of new appointees will be determined by reference to similar positions with 
comparative status, responsibility and skills in parallel with the individual director’s performance, 
experience and responsibilities, and pay conditions throughout the Company. Where new 
appointees have initial basic salaries set below market, any shortfall may be managed with phased 
increases over a period of two to three years subject to the individual’s development in the role.
New appointees will receive contributions to personal pension plans in line with existing policy.
New appointees will be eligible to receive benefits in line with existing policy. Reasonable relocation 
support may be provided if necessary.
New appointees will be eligible to participate in the SIP in line with existing policy.
The structure described in the policy table will apply to new appointees with the relevant maximum 
being pro-rated to reflect the proportion of employment over the year. Depending on the timing of 
the appointment, it may be appropriate to operate different performance measures for the 
remainder of that initial bonus period.
New appointees will be granted awards under the LTIP on the same terms as other executives, as 
described in the policy table. The normal limit of 200% of salary will apply, save in exceptional 
circumstances when awards of up to 300% of salary may be made.

Maximum
N/A

150% of  
salary

300% of  
salary

In determining appropriate remuneration, the Remuneration Committee will take into consideration all relevant factors 
(including quantum, nature of remuneration and the jurisdiction from which the candidate was recruited) to ensure 
that arrangements are in the best interests of both PayPoint and its shareholders. In addition to the above elements of 
remuneration, the committee may consider it appropriate to grant an award under a different structure in order to facilitate 
the recruitment of an individual, exercising the discretion available under the relevant Listing Rule (LR 9.4.2 R) to replace 
incentive arrangements forfeited on leaving a previous employer. Such buyout awards would have a fair value no higher 
than that of the awards forfeited. In doing so, the committee will consider relevant factors including any performance 
conditions attached to these awards, the likelihood of those conditions being met and the proportion of the vesting period 
remaining. 

Internal appointment
In cases of appointing a new executive director by way of internal promotion, the Remuneration Committee and board will 
be consistent with the policy for external appointees detailed above. Where an individual has contractual commitments 
made prior to their promotion to the board, the Company will continue to honour these arrangements.

Non-executive directors
In recruiting a new non-executive director, the Remuneration Committee will utilise the policy as set out in the table on 
page 49.

Service contracts and exit policy 

Executive directors
Executive director service contracts, including arrangements for early termination, are carefully considered by the 
committee. In accordance with general market practice, each of the executive directors has a rolling service contract 
requiring 12 months’ notice of termination on either side. Executive director service contracts are available to view at the 
Company’s registered office. Details of the service contracts of the executive directors of the Company are as follows:

Name
D Taylor
R Kentleton
T Watkin-Rees

Company notice period
12 months
12 months
12 months

Contract date
13 September 2004
15 July 2016
13 September 2004

There are no special provisions in service contracts relating to cessation of employment or change of control. The policy 
on termination is that the Company does not make payments beyond its contractual obligations and executive directors 
will be expected to mitigate their loss. In addition, the Remuneration Committee ensures that there are no unjustified 
payments for failure. Under normal circumstances, executive directors may receive termination payments in lieu of notice 
equal to pay and benefits for the length of their contractual notice period. 

When considering exit payments, the committee reviews all potential incentive outcomes to ensure they are fair to both 
shareholders and participants. The table below summarises how the awards under the annual bonus and LTIP are typically 
treated in specific circumstances. Whilst the committee retains overall discretion on determining good leaver status, it 
typically defines a good leaver in circumstances such as death, ill health, injury or disability, retirement with the Company’s 
consent, redundancy or any other reason that the committee determines. Bad leavers include those leaving employment 
due to resignation or misconduct, and retirement without agreement of the Company. Final treatment is subject to the 
committee’s discretion:

54     PayPoint plc  Annual Report 2017

Event
Annual bonus

Good leaver

Timing/vesting of award

Calculation of vesting/payment

Paid at the same time as continuing 
employees

Eligible for an award to the extent that performance targets are 
satisfied and the award is pro-rated for the proportion of the financial 
year served.

Bad leaver

No annual bonus payable

Not applicable

Change of control

Paid immediately on the effective 
date of change of control

Eligible for an award to the extent that performance targets are 
satisfied up to the change of control and the award is pro-rated for the 
proportion of the financial year served to the effective date of change 
of control.

DABS

Good leaver

Continue until the normal vesting 
date. In the event of death of a 
participant, the award would vest 
immediately

Outstanding awards normally vest in full at the normal vesting date on  
a time pro-rated basis to reflect the length of the vesting period served 
unless the board decides otherwise. The decision in respect of time 
pro-rating of deferred bonuses earned will be based on the specific 
nature of the departure of the executive director.

Bad leaver

Outstanding awards lapse

Not applicable

Change of control

Paid immediately on the effective 
date of change of control

Eligible for an award pro-rated for the proportion of the financial year 
served to the effective date of change of control, unless the board 
decides otherwise.

LTIP

Good leaver

Continue until the normal vesting 
date or vest immediately, at the 
discretion of the committee.

Outstanding awards vest to the extent the performance conditions are 
satisfied and the awards are pro-rated to reflect the length of the 
vesting period served unless the board decides otherwise. 

Bad leaver

Outstanding awards lapse

Not applicable

Change of control

Vest immediately on the effective 
date of change of control

Outstanding awards vest subject to the satisfaction of performance 
conditions as at the effective date of change of control, and the award 
is pro-rated for the proportion of the vesting period served to the 
effective date of change of control unless the board decides otherwise.

Outstanding matching awards under the 2009 DSB Plan will be treated in the same way as awards under the LTIP. 
Mandatorily deferred (and voluntarily invested) shares under this plan are simply held on trust for participants and 
therefore would be released immediately on cessation or a change of control.

Non-executive directors
The non-executive directors do not have service contracts, rather they have letters of appointment which are subject  
to a three year term. Details of the terms of appointment of the non-executive directors are set out in the table below:

Name
D Morrison
N Wiles¹
N Carson
G Barr
G Kerr
R Sharma²

Effective date of letter
10 August 2016
8 May 2015
23 July 2014
1 June 2015
20 November 2015
12 May 2017

Unexpired term as at 31 
March 2017
117 days
482 days
117 days
482 days
482 days
1,173 days

Date of appointment
12 January 1999
22 October 2009
23 July 2015
1 June 2016
20 November 2016
12 May 2017

Notice period
1 month
1 month
1 month
1 month
1 month
1 month

1.  Neil Carson is due to step down as a director on 26 May 2017
2.  Rakesh Sharma was appointed as a director on 12 May 2017 after the 2016/17 year end. 

Under the Company’s articles of association, all directors are required to submit themselves for re-election every three 
years. However, in order to comply with the Code, all directors will be subject to annual re-election. Non-executive 
directors’ letters of appointment are available to view at the Company’s registered office.

PayPoint plc  Annual Report 2017     55

STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSRemuneration report continued

The following section provides details of how PayPoint’s remuneration policy will be implemented for the year ending 
31 March 2018 and how it was implemented during the financial year ended 31 March 2017. The following pages contain 
information that is required to be audited in compliance with the Directors’ Remuneration requirements of the Companies 
Act 2006. All narrative and quantitative tables are unaudited unless otherwise stated.

Implementation of remuneration policy for 2017/2018

Base salary
The Remuneration Committee has determined that there will no base salary increases for 2017/18. In order to align 
executive director base salary review date with that for the general workforce, the normal executive director base salary 
review date for future years will be moved from 1 April to 1 July (i.e. the next review date will be 1 July 2018). 

Dominic Taylor
Rachel Kentleton
Tim Watkin-Rees

1.   Or date of appointment if later.

From 
1 April 20161
£490,000
£308,000
£325,694

From  
1 April 2017
£490,000
£308,000
£325,694

From  
1 July 2017
£490,000
£308,000
£325,694

Pension (Policy Limit: 20% of salary)
Pension contributions will remain unchanged with Dominic Taylor’s at 16% of salary, and 15% of salary for the other 
executive directors. 

Annual bonus (Policy Limit: 150% of salary)
The Chief Executive’s annual bonus potential for the year ending 31 March 2018 will be set at 150% of salary with 106% 
of salary continuing to be based on economic profit targets and the balance based on stretching strategic targets. The 
targets themselves are considered commercially sensitive at this stage but will be based on the successful roll out of 
PayPoint One, as determined by the number of terminals introduced, the timely and successful implementation of a new 
Customer Relationship Management (CRM) system to improve service delivery and achievement of further benefits once 
in place and the approval of a comprehensive succession plan, aligned to wider talent management activities with clear 
milestones to be achieved. Reflecting the increased potential from previous years (106% of salary), the Chief Executive’s 
bonus deferral will be doubled from the current 25% to 50% of the bonus over a three year period (so the cash bonus 
potential decreases from 79.5% of salary to 75% of salary).

Bonus potential for the other executive directors will remain at 106% of salary with 25% deferred. However, to promote 
a collegiate approach across the executive team, 26% of salary will be subject to the PayPoint One and CRM strategic 
targets set out above, with the remaining 80% of salary continuing to be assessed based on economic profit.

No payments will be made under the strategic bonus targets unless the threshold economic profit target has been achieved.

As is currently the case, full details of the annual bonus targets (both financial and non-financial for the 2017/18 financial 
year onwards) and performance against the targets will be disclosed in next year’s Annual Report on Remuneration. 

LTIP (Policy Limit: 200% of salary)
For past awards up to and including the 2016 grant, 100% of LTIP awards were based on relative Total Shareholder Return 
(TSR) against the constituents of the FTSE 250. However, for 2017 awards onwards, reflecting the committee’s desire 
for more balanced performance metrics, Earnings Per Share (EPS) will also be used as a performance measure for 50% of 
the awards. Relative TSR, will continue to be measured against the constituents of the FTSE 250 (albeit the committee 
may exclude less relevant sectors for performance comparison – e.g. Oil & Gas companies, Basic Materials and Utilities) for 
50% of LTIP awards, with threshold vesting for achieving a median ranking, rising on a straight-line basis to full vesting for 
achieving an upper quartile ranking or better.

The Chief Executive’s annual LTIP award will be set at 175% of salary from 2017 onwards (as permitted under the current 
and proposed policy). Reflecting the increase in the award level, the vesting schedule will be amended and the TSR targets 
will be toughened. Rather than 25% of awards vesting for threshold performance, 20% will vest at threshold for both the 
EPS and TSR part of the Chief Executive’s awards. In addition, rather than 100% of the TSR part of the Chief Executive’s 
award vesting at upper quartile (75th percentile), this will be increased to upper quintile (80th percentile). LTIP awards for 
the other executive directors will remain at 125% of salary (with 25% of awards continuing to vest at threshold and full 
vesting for upper quartile TSR).

The performance targets, metrics and vesting for the LTIP awards to be granted in 2017 and which are expected to vest in 
2020 will be as follows:

EPS
For 50% of awards

TSR
For 50% of awards

Below Threshold
Threshold

Maximum

0%
25% 
(20% for the CEO)
100%

Below 5% p.a.
5% p.a.

12% p.a.

0%
25% 
(20% for the CEO)
100%

Below median
Median

Upper quartile 
(Upper quintile for the CEO)

56     PayPoint plc  Annual Report 2017

When setting the performance targets for the EPS awards the committee considered a number of reference points, 
including internal financial planning forecasts, external market consensus and a broader view of market conditions. They 
were also set in compliance with the Company’s overall risk profile. The committee views this target range as realistic at the 
lower end, but with significant challenge to achieve full vesting.

Additionally, the committee must satisfy itself that the recorded TSR is a genuine reflection of the underlying financial 
performance of the Company for this part of the award to vest. 

If approved by shareholders, these awards will be subject to a two year holding period after vesting (for the net of tax 
shares), which will continue to apply post-cessation. 

Non-executive director fees
In March 2017, the board undertook its annual review of non-executive directors’ fees. Following consideration of general 
non-executive director fee increases across the market and the competitiveness of current market fee levels, the board 
determined that there would be no fee increases awarded from 1 April 2017.

Base fees
Non-executive director
Additional fees
Chairman, Audit Committee 
Chairman, Remuneration Committee 
Senior Independent Director

From 1 April 2016

From 1 April 2017

£46,625

£46,625

£8,700
£8,700
£5,100

£8,700
£8,700
£5,100

The Chairman’s fee in the current year remains unchanged at £165,000. 

Remuneration Committee membership in 2016/2017

The Remuneration Committee is responsible for developing policy on remuneration for executive directors, the executive 
board and senior managers, and for determining specific remuneration packages for each of the executive directors.  
The committee members, excluding the board Chairman, are all independent directors. Neil Carson is currently Chairman 
 of the committee, with Gill Barr, Giles Kerr and Nick Wiles as members. Rakesh Sharma joined the board and the 
Remuneration Committee subsequent to the year ended 31 March 2017, and he will take over as Chairman of the 
committee upon Neil Carson stepping down from the board. The Remuneration Committee is formally constituted with 
written terms of reference which set out the full remit of the committee. The terms of reference are also available on the 
Company’s website at www.paypoint.com. The Remuneration Committee met seven times during the year. The details  
of meeting attendance are set out on page 35.

During the year, the committee sought internal support from the Chief Executive and the Human Resource Director, who 
attended committee meetings by invitation from the Chairman, to advise on specific questions raised by the committee 
and on matters relating to the performance and remuneration of the executive board and senior managers. Neither was 
present for any discussions that related directly to their own remuneration. The Company Secretary attended each 
meeting as Secretary to the committee. 

In undertaking its responsibilities, the committee seeks independent external advice as necessary. To this end, FIT 
Remuneration Consultants LLP (FIT) replaced Kepler as the principal external advisers to the committee during the 
financial year, following a competitive tender process overseen by the committee. The committee is comfortable that the 
FIT team provide independent remuneration advice to the committee and do not have any other connections with PayPoint 
that may impair their independence. FIT is a founding member and signatory of the Code of Conduct for Remuneration 
Consultants, details of which can be found at www.remunerationconsultantsgroup.com. During the year, FIT provided 
independent advice on a wide range of remuneration matters including the Remuneration Policy review and the board 
changes. FIT provides no other services to the Company. The fees paid to FIT (on the basis of time and materials) in respect 
of work carried out for the year under review were £42,895. Fees paid in year to Kepler were £89,079.

Summary of shareholder voting at the 2016 annual general meeting
The following table shows the results of the binding vote on the Remuneration Policy Report at the 23 July 2014 annual 
general meeting (the last time the policy was put to vote) and the shareholder advisory vote on the 2016 Annual Report  
on Remuneration at the 28 July 2016 annual general meeting:

For (including discretionary)
Against
Total votes cast (excluding withheld votes)
Total votes withheld1
Total votes cast (including withheld votes)

2014 annual general meeting 
Remuneration Policy

2016 annual general meeting 
Remuneration Report

Total number  
of votes
58,346,532
1,380,271
59,726,803
93,453
59,820,256

% of  
votes cast
97.7%
2.3%

Total number  
of votes
58,677,492
1,510,760
60,188,252
2,210
60,190,462

% of  
votes cast
97.5%
2.5%

1.  A withheld vote is not a vote in law and is not counted in the calculation of the proportion of votes cast for and against a resolution.

PayPoint plc  Annual Report 2017     57

STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
Remuneration report continued

Single total figure of remuneration for executive directors (audited)

The table below sets out a single figure for the total remuneration received by each executive director for the year ended 
31 March 2017 and the prior year:

Base salary
Taxable benefits1
Pension2
Annual bonus3
Long-term incentives4
Other5
Total

Dominic Taylor 
£000

George Earle 
£000

Rachel Kentleton 
£0006,7

Tim Watkin-Rees 
£000

2017

2016

2017

2016

2017

2016

2017

2016

490
25
78
337
181
10
1,121

473
25
76
155
179
3
911

346
23
98
239
136
8
850

338
23
96
111
136
3
707

76
4
11
51
0
1
143

-
-
-
-
-
-
-

325
22
48
224
128
10
757

318
22
48
105
125
3
621

1.  Taxable value of benefits received in the year by executives includes car allowance of £17,500 (2016: £17,500) for Dominic Taylor, £3,266.15 (2016: n/a) for Rachel Kentleton and £15,000 

(2016: £15,000) for George Earle and Tim Watkin-Rees, petrol, medical insurance, life assurance and permanent health insurance.

2.  Pension during the year, the Company made contributions of 16% of salary to Dominic Taylor and 15% of salary to the other executive directors (the Remuneration Committee has agreed 

that George Earle’s pension contributions will be paid direct to him, grossed up for tax as in previous years although this policy has ended on his retirement from the board). 

3.  Annual bonus: this is the total bonus earned in respect of performance during the relevant year, including deferred amounts. 25% of the annual bonus is mandatorily deferred in shares 

under the DABS although reflecting George Earle’s retirement from the board, his 2017 annual bonus was paid in cash. Further details of annual bonus awards for 2017 can be found in the 
Annual Report on Remuneration on page 59. 

4.  Long-term incentives: for 2017, this is the market value of matching DSB shares granted on 2 June 2014 based on performance to 31 March 2017 and which will vest on 2 June 2017. 

The share price used to calculate market value is the trailing three month average on 31 March 2017 of 984p. Further details can be found in the Annual Report on Remuneration on page 59. 
For 2016, the long-term incentive figures have been re-stated based on the value at vesting (as opposed to the estimated value used in last year’s report) of LTIP and DSB awards granted 
in 2013 and vesting in 2016. 

5.  SIP matching and dividend shares awarded in the period valued at the average share price calculated over three months to 31 March 2017 of £9.84 (2016: £7.86). The SIP is an HMRC 

approved plan that allows participants to purchase shares using gross salary and receive matching award from the Company. There are no performance conditions. 

6.  Rachel Kentleton was appointed as an executive director on 3 January 2017.
7.  In addition, in the year to 31 March 2017, Rachel Kentleton received fees of £69,290 for her service as a non-executive director of Persimmon plc. 

Single total figure of remuneration for non-executive directors (audited)
The table below sets out a single figure for the total remuneration received by each non-executive director for the year 
ended 31 March 2017 and the prior year:

Base fee 
£000

Committee Chair fees 
£000

Senior Independent 
Director fees 
£000

Chairman fees 
£000

Total 
£000

2017

2016

2017

2016

2017

2016

2017

2016

2017

2016

Chairman
Nick Wiles
Non-executive directors
Gill Barr
Neil Carson
Giles Kerr
David Morrison
Former directors
Stephen Rowley
Warren Tucker
Eric Anstee
Total

-

47
47
47
47

-
-
-
188

-

38
46
17
46

39
-
17
203

-

-
9
9
-

-
-
-
18

-

-
8
3
-

-
-
-
11

-

-
5
-
-

-
-
-
5

-

-
4
-
-

-
-
-
4

165

153

165

153

-
-
-
-

-
-
-
165

-
-
-
-

-
20
-
173

47
61
56
47

-
-
-
376

38
58
20
46

39
20
17
391

58     PayPoint plc  Annual Report 2017

Incentive outcomes for the year ended 31 March 2017

Annual bonus in respect of 2016/17 performance
The annual bonus for the year ended 31 March 2017 was based on economic profit (Group operating profit including 
PayPoint’s share of the results of Collect+ after tax and after deducting a charge for capital employed based on the 
Company’s cost of capital). Based upon the actual results for the year, 64.8% of the maximum bonus was payable. 

Further details, including the targets set and performance against these, are provided the table below:

Measure
Group economic profit

Weighting
100%

Annual bonus (% of max)
Annual bonus (% of salary)
Total Annual bonus (£)
Cash Bonus (£)
Deferred Bonus (£)2

Threshold
(20% of  
maximum) 
£000
36,244 
(90%  
of plan)

Target
(80% of  
maximum) 
£000
40,271 
(100%  
of plan)

Stretch
(100% of  
maximum) 
£000
44,298 
(110%  
of plan)

Actual  
achieved 
£000
39,249

Bonus earned

Dominic  
Taylor

George  
Earle

Rachel 
Kentleton1

Tim  
Watkin-Rees

64.8%
68.85%

64.8%
68.85%
£337,365 £238,707
£253,024 £238,707
–

£84,341

64.8%
64.8%
68.85%
68.85%
£51,126 £224,240
£38,344 £168,180
£56,060
£12,782

1.  Rachel Kentleton’s bonus is pre-rated to reflect her period of employment
2.  25% of the bonus earned was mandatorily deferred into shares vesting after three years subject to continued employment. As noted on page 60 the annual bonus for George Earle will be 

paid in cash on the normal payment date. 25% of the bonus will remain subject to the same clawback provisions as apply to the DAB for other participants. 

The committee considers that the outcomes indicated are reflective of the performance delivered over the year and 
therefore has not used any discretion to alter the final bonuses paid.

2014 DSB vesting
With respect to the DSB matching awards granted on 2 June 2014, vesting was based on earnings per share growth. 
The three year performance period for these awards ended on 31 March 2017 with vesting on the third anniversary  
of the date of grant. Further details relating to these awards are provided in the table below:

Measure
EPS

Total DSB vesting

Weighting
100%

Targets
0% vesting below RPI+3% p.a. 
100% vesting at RPI+3% p.a.

Outcome1
EPS growth of 21.6% 
Target: 14.3%

% vest
100%

100%

1. Based on 2017 adjusted EPS of 64.3p, 2014 EPS of 52.9p and RPI growth over the three year period of 5.3%.

Further details of the vesting for each individual director are as follows:

Director
Dominic Taylor
George Earle
Tim Watkin-Rees

Interests held
18,417
13,867
13,000

Vesting %
100%

100%

100%

Number of shares vesting
18,417

13,867

13,000

Date of vesting
2 June 2017
2 June 2017
2 June 2017

Market price 
on vesting1
£9.84

£9.84

£9.84

Value 
£000
181

136

128

1.  As the price on the date of vesting is unknown, the value of an award is calculated by multiplying the number of shares, which vested by the average share price calculated over three 

months to 31 March 2017 of £9.84.

2014 LTIP vesting
With respect to the LTIP awards granted on 2 June 2014, vesting is based 100% on TSR. The three year performance 
period for these awards will end on 2 June 2017 with vesting on the third anniversary of the date of grant. Further details 
relating to these awards are provided in the table below: 

Measure
Relative TSR vs FTSE 250 index 
(excluding investment trusts)

Weighting
100%

Targets
0% vesting below median 
25% vesting at median  
100% vesting at upper quartile 
Straight-line vesting between these points

Total LTIP vesting

Further details of the vesting for each individual director are as follows:

Outcome 
(to 30 April 2017)
117th position out of 186 
companies equating to  
37.3% centile

Implied %  
vesting
0%

Director
Dominic Taylor

George Earle

Tim Watkin-Rees

Interests held
61,848
39,099
36,729

Implied % vesting
0%

Number of shares vesting
0

0%

0%

0

0

Date of vesting
2 June 2017
2 June 2017
2 June 2017

Market price on vesting
N/A

N/A

N/A

0%

Value 
£000
0

0

0

PayPoint plc  Annual Report 2017     59

STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSRemuneration report continued

Board changes

Departure of George Earle
As announced on 5 July 2016 and subsequently updated, George Earle stepped down from his role as Finance Director on 
10 February 2017 and stepped down from the board on 31 March 2017. He will remain an employee for a number of months 
during 2017/18 to provide assistance with the completion of a number of outstanding projects. No termination payments 
have been or will be made. 

George will continue to receive fixed pay on a monthly basis during his limited period of employment although he will not  
be eligible for an annual bonus in respect of 2017/18 or future LTIP awards. Details of his annual bonus for the year ended 
31 March 2017 are presented in the single figure table and notes above.

Unvested deferred share bonus and LTIP awards will continue to vest at the normal vesting date subject to time pro-rating 
and, where relevant, the extent to which the performance targets are met. The time pro-rating calculation will be based on 
the period of the respective vesting periods he served as an executive director (i.e. until 31 March 2017, so no time pro-
rating credit will be given for the subsequent employment period).

Appointment of Rachel Kentleton
Consistent with the July 2016 announcement, Rachel Kentleton joined the PayPoint board in January 2017 and was 
appointed Finance Director on 10 February 2017. A summary of her remuneration arrangements, which are consistent  
with the existing Remuneration Policy, is as follows:

–   Base salary £308,000 p.a.

–   15% of salary pension p.a.

–   Maximum bonus of 106% of salary p.a.

–   Annual LTIP award of 125% of salary p.a. (with the first award being granted in summer 2017).

In addition, again in line with the Remuneration Policy, she received:

–   A one-off award over 6,049 shares in PayPoint plc equal to the value of the cash annual bonus that she would have 

received in December 2016 had she remained with her previous employer. No compensation has been paid for associated 
deferred annual bonus shares that were forfeited. 50% of the award will vest after two years and 50% will vest after 
three years, subject to continued employment; and

–   A one-off award over 4,692 shares in PayPoint plc which equated to the expected value of share awards (after factoring 
in the value of the underlying shares in her previous employer and current estimated and expected performance against 
the targets) forfeited upon cessation of her previous employment. 50% of the award will vest after two years and 50% 
will vest after three years, subject to continued employment.

Further details of the share award are presented below. 

Scheme interests awarded in the year ended 31 March 2017

LTIP
In the year under review, LTIP awards were granted with a face value of 145% of salary for the Chief Executive and 125%  
of salary for other executive directors. The awards will vest on the third anniversary of the date of grant, 2 June 2019.  
The performance condition is based 100% on relative TSR vs. the FTSE 250 index (excluding investment trusts). The three 
year performance period, over which TSR performance will be measured began on the grant date of 2 June 2016  
and will end on 1 June 2019.

Executive director

Basis of award

Number of shares

Face value1

Dominic Taylor

George Earle

Tim Watkin-Rees

145% of 
salary

125% of 
salary

75,585

£710,499

46,104

£433,378

43,310

£407,114

Potential award 
for minimum 
performance

End of  
performance  
period

Performance measures

25% of face 
value

1 June 2019

(3 years from 
grant)

100% on TSR relative vs. FTSE 250 
(excluding investment trusts):
–  0% vesting below median 
–  25% vesting at median 
–  100% vesting at upper quartile 
–  Straight-line vesting in between

1. Face value is based on the middle market quotation of a share in the capital of the Company on the preceding dealing day of award, 2 June 2016, of £9.40.

Listing Rule 9.4.2 award granted to Rachel Kentleton

Executive director

Date of grant

Basis of award

Number of shares

Vesting date

Vesting conditions

Rachel Kentleton

2 February 
2017

10,741 shares vesting 50% after 2 years  
and 50% after 3 years1 

5,371

5,370

2 February 
2019

2 February 
2020

Continued 
service

1.  6,049 shares reflect the value of the cash annual bonus that Rachel Kentleton would have received in December 2016 had she remained with her previous employer, while 4,692 shares 

equated to the expected value of share awards (after factoring in the value of the underlying shares in her previous employer and current estimated and expected performance against the 
targets) forfeited upon cessation of her previous employment.

60     PayPoint plc  Annual Report 2017

Payments to past directors

No such payments were made during the year under review.

Percentage change in Chief Executive remuneration 

The table below shows the percentage change in the Chief Executive’s remuneration, comprising salary, taxable benefits 
and annual bonus, and comparable data for the average of all employees within the Company. 

Salary
Taxable benefits
Annual bonus
Total

Change in remuneration from 2015 to 2016

Chief Executive

2017
£000
490
25
337
852

2016
£000
473
25
155
653

% change
3.6%
0.4%
117%
30%

Average % change 
for other employees1
5.1%
7%
130%2

1. Increase in salary is for UK based employees who were employed by PayPoint for the entirety of both financial years, but excludes those who were promoted to a new role.
2. Increase is for UK based employees who earned a bonus pay out in both financial years. 

Relative importance of spend on pay
The table below shows the Company’s actual expenditure on shareholder distributions (including dividends and share 
buybacks) and total employee pay expenditure for the financial years ended 31 March 2016 and ended 31 March 2017.

2017
2016
% change

Total employee  
pay expenditure 
£000
33,630
33,903
 1%

Distributions  
to shareholders
£000
78,543
27,436
 186%

Pay for performance
The graph below compares the value of £100 invested in PayPoint shares, including re-invested dividends, with the FTSE 
250 index (excluding investment trusts) over the last eight years. This index was selected because it is considered to be 
the most appropriate index against which the total shareholder return of PayPoint could be measured.

FTSE 250 Index (excluding Investment trusts)

PayPoint plc

500

400

300

200

100

n
r
u
t
e
r

l

r
e
d
o
h
e
r
a
h
s

l

a
t
o
T

)
0
0
1
o
t
d
e
s
a
b
e
r
(

0
01 March 
2009

01 March 
2010

01 March 
2011

01 March 
2012

01 March 
2013

01 March 
2014

01 March 
2015

01 March 
2016

01 March 
2017

Chief Executive single figure 
of remuneration (£000)
Annual bonus pay-out  
(as % of maximum)
LTIP vesting  
(as % of maximum)

2010
637

2011
677

2012
1,067

2013
2,639

2014
2,247

2015
1,215

2016
911  

2017
1,121

84.50%

80.90%

88.70%

86.20%

91.43%

88.11%

30.98%  

64.8%

0.00%

0.00%

40.10%

100.00%

100.00%

0.00%

0.00%  

0%

PayPoint plc  Annual Report 2017     61

STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
 
 
Remuneration report continued

Directors’ shareholdings (audited)
The shareholdings of the directors and their connected persons in the ordinary shares of the Company against their 
respective shareholding requirement as at 31 March 2017:

Shares held

Shareholding Guidelines5

Unvested and  
subject to  
holding period
16,708
12,481
10,892
11,961

Unvested and  
subject to  
performance 
conditions
228,273
141,391
-
132,795

Current  
shareholding4
1,842,073
339,006
151
545,752

% of salary 
100%
100%
100%
100%

Shares
49,797
35,234
31,301
33,099

Met?
Yes
Yes6
No6
Yes

Dominic Taylor
George Earle1
Rachel Kentleton
Tim Watkin-Rees2
Gill Barr
Neil Carson
Giles Kerr
David Morrison3
Nick Wiles

Owned  
outright 
or vested4
1,842,073
339,006
151
545,752
2,595
30,000
7,500
35,000
35,000

1.   Includes 324,033 shares held by a Person Closely Associated with George Earle.
2.   Includes 317,894 shares held by Persons Closely Associated with Tim Watkin-Rees.
3.   Held by Prospect Investment Management Limited, which is wholly owned by David Morrison and his connected persons.
4.   Current shareholding includes DABS and DSB bonus and SIP shares other than SIP matching shares and SIP dividend shares subject to a holding period.
5.   Executive directors are required to hold shares of a value equivalent to 100% of their salaries as at 1 April 2017 (expected to increase to 200% of salary for the Chief Executive and 150% 
of salary for the other executive directors from the 2017 annual general meeting). An average three month share price to 31 March 2017 of £9.84 has been used to calculate this guideline.

6.   George Earle stepped down from the board on 31 March 2017 and Rachel Kentleton joined the board on 3 January 2017.

The market price of the Company’s shares on 31 March 2017 was £10.25 (31 March 2016: £7.48) per share and the low  
and high share prices during the period were £7.49 and £11.68 respectively.

Directors’ interests in shares in PayPoint long-term incentive plans and all-employee plans 

Long Term Incentive Awards (audited)

D Taylor 

G Earle 

R Kentleton
T Watkin-Rees

Type of  
awards
LTIP1
LTIP2
LTIP2
LTIP2
LTIP1
LTIP2
LTIP2
LTIP2
9.4.27
LTIP1
LTIP2
LTIP2
LTIP2

Number of  
shares at  
31 March 2016 
52,5773
61,8484
72,4235
-
32,9893
39,0994
44,6945
-
-
30,9273
36,7294
41,9855
-

Number of  
shares awarded 
during the period3
-
-
-
75,5856
-
-
-
46,1046
10,7417
-
-
-
43,3106

Number of shares 
released during 
the period
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-

Number of shares 
lapsed during 
the period
(52,577)
-
-
-
(32,989)
-
-
-
-
(30,927)
-
-
-

Number of 
shares at 31 
March 2017
-
61,848
72,423
75,585
-
39,099
44,694
46,104
10,741
-
36,729
41,985
43,310

Value of  
shares  
awarded 
£509,997
£652,496
£685,122
£710,499
£319,993
£412,494
£422,805
£433,378
£110,0957
£299,992
£387,491
£397,178
£407,114

Date of grant 
31.05.13
02.06.14
01.06.15
02.06.16
31.05.13
02.06.14
01.06.15
02.06.16
02.02.17
31.05.13
02.06.14
01.06.15
02.06.16

Release date 
31.05.16
02.06.17
01.06.18
02.06.19
31.05.16
02.06.17
01.06.18
02.06.19
02.02.19-20
31.05.16
02.06.17
01.06.18
02.06.19

1.  These LTIP awards would only vest if the Company’s comparative TSR performance had been equal to or greater than the median level of performance over the three year holding period, 

at which point 30% of awards would have vest, with full vesting occurring for upper quartile performance (proportionate vesting between points).

2.  These LTIP awards will only vest if the Company’s comparative TSR performance is equal to or greater than the median level of performance over the three year holding period, at which 

point 25% of awards will vest, with full vesting occurring for upper quartile performance (proportionate vesting between points). Awards were granted at the following closing prices on the 
preceding day:
3.  £9.70 per share.
4.  £10.55 per share.
5.  £9.46 per share (being the mid-market share price on the dealing day preceding the date of grant).
6.  £9.40 per share (being the mid-market share price on the dealing day preceding the date of grant).
7.  Rachel Kentleton’s buyout joining award granted under Listing Rule 9.4.2. See Scheme Interests awarded in the year ended 31 March 2017 and board changes section above. The share 

price on 3 January 2017 of £10.25 has been used to calculate the value of the shares awarded to Rachel Kentleton.

62     PayPoint plc  Annual Report 2017

Deferred Share Bonus Plan (audited)

Number of 
bonus shares 
purchased  
at 31 March 
20161
9,7194
9,7615
7,3664
7,3495
6,7484
6,8905

Number of 
matching 
shares  
awarded at 
31 March 20162
18,3384
18,4175
13,8984
13,8675
12,7334
13,0005

Number of 
bonus shares 
(released)/
purchased 
during the 
period
(9,719)

Number of 
matching shares 
awarded during 
the period
(18,338)

Number of 
matching  
shares  
(lapsed)  
during the 
period

(7,366)

(13,898)

(6,748)

(12,733)

D Taylor

G Earle

T Watkin-Rees

Number of 
bonus shares 
purchased at 
31 March 
2017
-

Number of 
matching 
shares 
awarded at 
31 March 
2017
-
9,7615 18,4175
-
7,3495 13,8675
-
6,8905 13,0005

-

-

Value of 
matching  
shares  
awarded
£176,201
£194,299
£133,539
£146,297
£122,345
£137,150

Date lapsed/
release date3
Date of grant
06.06.13 06.06.16
02.06.14 02.06.17
06.06.13 06.06.16
02.06.14 02.06.17
06.06.13 06.06.16
02.06.14 02.06.17

1.  Bonus Shares are purchased with the bonus deferred after the deduction of tax.
2.  Matching Shares are awarded based on the value of the gross bonus deferred.
3.  No Matching Shares will be released unless the Company’s earnings per share growth is 3% p.a. in excess of the Retail Prices Index over the three year holding period. The bonus shares 

were purchased and the matching share awarded at share prices of:

4.  £9.61 per share.
5.  £10.55 per share.

Deferred Annual Bonus Scheme (DABS)1 (audited)

D Taylor 

G Earle 

T Watkin-Rees

Number of 
shares at 
31 March 
2016 
11,137
-
8,167
-
7,672
-

Number of
 shares 
awarded 
during 
the period
-
3,9212
-
2,8062
-
2,6362

Number of 
shares
 released 
during the 
period
-
-
-
-
-
-

Number of 
shares
 lapsed 
during the 
period
-
-
-
-
-
-

Number of 
shares at 
31 March 
2017 
11,137
3,921
8,167
2,806
7,672
2,636

Value of
 shares 
awarded 
£105,356
£38,857
£77,260
£27,807
£72,577
£26,123

Date of grant 
01.06.15
07.06.16
01.06.15
07.06.16
01.06.15
07.06.16

Release date 
01.06.18
07.06.19
01.06.18
07.06.19
01.06.18
07.06.19

1.  The release of shares is dependent upon continuous employment for a period of three years from the date of grant.
2.  £9.91 per share.

Share Incentive Plan (audited)

Number of 
Partnership 
Shares 
purchased at 
31 March  
2016
3,204
3,227
-
3,227

Number of 
Matching 
Shares 
awarded at  
31 March  
2016
3,204
3,227
-
3,227

Number of 
Free Shares1 
awarded at  
31 March  
2016
1,562
-
-
1,562

Dividend 
Shares2 
acquired at 
31 March  
2016
2,091
1,625
-
2,097

Number of 
Partnership 
Shares3 
purchased 
during the 
period
153
153
151
153

Total  
shares at  
31 March  
2016
10,061
8,079
-
10,113

Matching 
Shares4 
awarded  
during the 
period
153
153
151
153

Dividend 
Shares 
acquired  
during the 
period
888
747
-
892

D Taylor
G Earle
R Kentleton
T Watkin-Rees

Dates of release of  
Matching and Free 
Dividend Shares5
22.04.19-22.03.20
22.04.19-22.03.20
22.02.19-22.03.20
22.04.19-22.03.20

Total shares  
at 31 March  
2017
11,255
9,132
302
11,311

1.  Free Shares are ordinary shares of the Company awarded conditionally on 24 September 2004 based on the share price on admission of £1.92. 
2.  Dividend Shares are ordinary shares of the Company purchased with the value of dividends paid in respect of all other shares held in the plan.
3.  Partnership Shares are ordinary shares of the Company purchased on a monthly basis during the period (at prices from £8.605 to £10.82).
4.  Matching Shares are ordinary shares of the Company awarded conditionally on a monthly basis during the period (at prices from £8.605 to £10.82) in conjunction with two share purchases.
5.  The dates used are based on the earliest allocation of the Matching Shares. 

This report covers the remuneration of all directors that served during the period.

This report was approved by the Remuneration Committee on 25 May 2017 and signed on its behalf by:

Neil Carson
Chairman, Remuneration Committee

PayPoint plc  Annual Report 2017     63

STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
Directors’ report

The directors present their annual report on the affairs of 
the Company and of the Group, together with the financial 
statements and independent auditor’s report, for the year 
ended 31 March 2017.

Prior to the sale of the Mobile payments business, it entered 
into contracts with parking authorities to provide services 
enabling the payment of parking charges via mobile phones 
in the UK, USA, Canada, France and Switzerland.

PayPoint has a 50% interest in Collect+ Holdings Limited, 
in a joint venture with Yodel. Collect+ Brand Limited, which 
owns the Collect+ brand, is a wholly owned subsidiary 
of Collect+ Holdings Limited. The Collect+ network 
offers parcel collection and return services in over 6,000 
convenient outlets.

Substantial shareholdings
The Company had been notified of the following  
disclosable interests in the voting rights of the Company  
as required by provision 5.1.2 of the FCA’s Disclosure  
and Transparency Rules.

As at 31 March 2017:

Name of holder 
Woodford Investment Management
Liontrust Asset Management plc
Capital Research & Management
Mawer Investment Management
Neptune Investment Management
Standard Life Investments Limited
Schroder Investment Management
Wise Investments Limited

No. of  
ordinary  
shares 
12,681,121
7,688,001
5,919,900
4,745,952
4,673,431
3,805,010
3,665,252
2,432,719

Percentage 
of issued 
capital 
18.61
11.28
8.69
6.97
6.86
5.59
5.38
3.57

As at 25 May 2017:

Name of holder 
Woodford Investment Management
Liontrust Asset Management plc
Capital Research & Management
Mawer Investment Management
Neptune Investment Management
Standard Life Investments Limited
Schroder Investment Management
Wise Investments Limited

No. of  
ordinary  
shares 
13,619,871
7,802,333
5,919,900
4,745,952
3,396,744
3,805,010
3,661,962
2,432,719

Percentage 
of issued 
capital 
19.99
11.45
8.69
6.97
4.99
5.58
5.37
3.57

This annual report has been prepared for, and only for the 
members of the Company, as a body, and no other persons. 
The Company, its directors, employees, agents or advisers 
do not accept or assume responsibility to any other person 
to whom this document is shown or into whose hands it 
may come and any such responsibility or liability is expressly 
disclaimed. By their nature, the statements concerning the 
risks and uncertainties facing the Company and the Group 
in this annual report involve uncertainty, since future events 
and circumstances can cause results and developments 
to differ materially from those anticipated. The forward-
looking statements reflect knowledge and information 
available at the date of preparation of this annual report 
and the Company undertakes no obligation to update these 
forward-looking statements. Nothing in this annual report 
should be construed as a profit forecast.

Strategic report
The strategic report is on pages 1 to 27. The Company 
has chosen to set out certain matters in this strategic 
report that would otherwise be required to be disclosed 
in the directors’ report. These matters include disclosures 
concerning: greenhouse gas emissions (page 24); use of 
financial instruments (pages 19 and 93); credit risk and 
price risk (page 93); employment of disabled persons  
(page 27); employee involvement (pages 25 and 26); 
diversity (page 25) and likely future developments in the 
business (page 14).

Principal activity
The Company is a holding company and its subsidiaries 
are engaged in providing clients with specialist consumer 
payment and other services and products, transaction 
processing and settlement. 

PayPoint UK and Ireland processes transactions for 
payment products and services and collects payments on 
behalf of the UK and Ireland’s leading utility and customer 
service organisations in convenience retail outlets using 
PayPoint’s terminals. On average, over 10 million consumer 
transactions were processed weekly by PayPoint UK and 
Ireland. At a PayPoint outlet, consumers are provided with a 
one stop shop for making cash payments for the wide range 
of PayPoint’s clients. In addition, PayPoint provides other 
services to retail outlets.

PayPoint offers clients streamlined consumer payment 
processing and transaction routing in one, seamlessly 
integrated solution, through its MultiPay offering. This gives 
customers the flexibility to pay in the way that best suits 
them; including mobile app, online, text, phone/IVR and 
cash in-store.

PayPoint Romania provides electronic mobile top-ups, 
scratch cards, money transfer, road tax payment and a bill 
payment service to consumers.

64     PayPoint plc  Annual Report 2017

Qualifying third party indemnity provisions for the 
benefits of directors
Under sections 236 (1) (a) and (b) of the Companies Act 
2006, companies are obliged to disclose any indemnities 
which are in force in favour of their directors. The current 
articles of association of the Company contain an indemnity 
in favour of the directors of the Company which indemnifies 
them in respect of certain liabilities and costs that they 
might incur in the execution of duties as directors. Copies 
of the articles of association can be obtained from 
Companies House or by writing to the Company Secretary 
and will be available at the venue of the annual general 
meeting from 15 minutes before the meeting until it ends.

Change of control
All of the Company’s share schemes contain provisions 
relating to a change of control. Outstanding options and 
awards would be pro-rated for time and normally vest 
on a change of control, subject to the satisfaction of any 
performance conditions at that time.

The Company has a revolving term credit facility for £45 million 
with a remaining term of over two years. The terms of the 
facility allow for termination on a change of control, subject 
to certain conditions. The British Gas contract for payments 
is subject to termination rights for change of control in very 
limited circumstances. The Simple Payment service contract 
allowed for termination on change of control however a recent 
decision by the Department of Work and Pensions would see 
the discontinuance of this scheme from summer 2017 (see 
page 10). There are no other significant contracts in place that 
would take effect, alter or terminate on the change of control 
of the Company, including compensation for loss of office as  
a result of a takeover bid.

Suppliers payment policy
Terms of payment are agreed with individual suppliers prior 
to supply. The Group aims to pay its creditors promptly, in 
accordance with terms agreed for payment, provided the 
supplier has provided the goods or services in accordance 
with the agreed terms and conditions. The Group had 27 
days’ purchases outstanding at 31 March 2017 (2016: 
27 days), based on the average daily amount invoiced by 
suppliers during the year.

Share capital
As at the date of this report, 68,135,252 ordinary shares 
of 1/3p each have been issued and fully paid up and are 
quoted on the London Stock Exchange. During the year 
ended 31 March 2017, 46,130 ordinary shares were issued 
under the Company’s share schemes. The rights and 
obligations attaching to the Company’s ordinary shares, as 
well as the powers of the Company’s directors are set out 
in the Company’s articles of association, copies of which 
can be obtained from Companies House or by writing to the 
Company Secretary.

There are no restrictions on the voting rights attaching 
to the ordinary shares or on the transfer of securities in 
the Company. No person holds securities in the Company 
carrying special rights with regard to control of the 
Company. The Company is not aware of any agreements 
between holders of securities that may result in restrictions 
on the transfer of securities or on voting rights. Unless 
expressly specified to the contrary in the articles of 
association of the Company, the Company’s articles of 
association may be amended by a special resolution of  
the Company’s shareholders.

At the annual general meeting on 28 July 2016, the 
directors were given authority to purchase 10% of its 
issued share capital, allot relevant securities up to an 
aggregate nominal amount of £75,659 and to dis-apply 
pre-emption rights in respect of allotments of relevant 
securities up to an aggregate nominal amount of £11,349. 
Resolutions to renew these authorities will be proposed at 
the 2017 annual general meeting, details of which are set 
out in the notice of meeting on pages 95 to 99.

The Company’s issued share capital as at 31 March 2017, 
together with details of purchases of own shares during  
the year, are set out in note 23.

Directors
The names of the directors at the date of this report and 
their biographical details are given on page 29 and their 
interests in the ordinary shares of the Company are given  
on page 62.

Results for the year
The consolidated income statement, statement of financial 
position and cash flow statement for the year ended  
31 March 2017 are set out on pages 73 to 76. An analysis of 
risk is set out on pages 20 and 22 and of risk management 
on page 44. The statement of financial position and cash 
flow statement of the holding company for the year ended 
31 March 2017 are set out on pages 77 and 78. Since 
1 April 2017, there have been no material events likely to 
impact the future development of the Company.

PayPoint plc  Annual Report 2017     65

STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSCorporate governance statement
The information that fulfils the requirements of the 
corporate governance statement for the purposes of the 
FCA’s Disclosure and Transparency Rules can be found in 
this Directors’ report and in the governance section on 
pages 32 to 45 (which is incorporated into this Directors’ 
report by reference).

Statement as to disclosure of information to auditor
Each of the persons who is a director at the date of 
approval of this report confirms that:

1.  so far as the director is aware, there is no relevant audit 
information of which the Company’s auditor is unaware; 
and 

2.  the director has taken all the steps that he/she ought 

reasonably to have taken as a director in order to make 
himself aware of any relevant audit information and to 
establish that the Company’s auditor are aware of that 
information.

This confirmation is given and should be interpreted  
in accordance with the provisions of section 418 of  
the Companies Act 2006.

Annual general meeting
The annual general meeting will be held at the offices of 
Canaccord Genuity, 88 Wood Street, EC2V 7QR on 26 July 
2017. The notice of meeting and explanatory information on 
the resolutions to be passed at the annual general meeting 
can be found on pages 95 to 99 of the annual report. 

The Directors’ report was approved by the board of 
directors on 25 May 2017 and signed on its behalf by:

Susan Court
Company Secretary
25 May 2017 

Directors’ report continued

Charitable and political donations
The Group made no political donations during the year 
(2016: £nil). Details of the charitable donations policy can 
be found within the strategic report on page 23.

Employee matters and environmental issues
Employee matters and environmental issues are discussed 
in the strategic report on pages 23 to 27.

Related party transactions
Related party transactions that took place during the year 
can be found in note 27.

Future developments
An indication of likely future developments in the business 
of the Company and details of research and development 
activities are included in the strategic report on pages 3  
to 27.

Dividends
The directors recommend the payment of a final dividend 
of 30p (2016: 28.2p) per ordinary share, amounting to 
£20,435,531 (2016: £19,198,610) to be paid on 31 July 
2017 to members on the register on 23 June 2017. An 
interim dividend was declared and paid during the period 
of 15p per share (2016: 14.2p per share) amounting to 
£10,218,825 (2016: £9,667,385). There was an additional 
dividend declared and paid during the period of 12.2p per 
share (2016: nil) amounting to £8,333,000. This additional 
dividend was one third of the first £25 million per annum 
of additional dividends as previously announced by the 
Company. The dividend policy including all the dividends 
declared during the year are set out in the strategic report 
on page 19.

Going concern 
At the end of the year, the Group had cash of £53.0 million, 
and an undrawn £45.0 million revolving term credit facility 
expiring in May 2019. The Company’s cash and borrowing 
capacity is adequate to meet the foreseeable needs of the 
Group, taking into account any reasonably forseeable risks 
(see pages 20 to 22). The directors are satisfied that the 
Group has adequate resources to continue in operational 
existence for the foreseeable future, a period of not less 
than 12 months from the date of this report. Therefore, 
the financial statements have been prepared on a going 
concern basis.

The Group’s liquidity review and commentary on the current 
economic climate are shown on page 19 of the strategic 
report and commentary on financial risk management is 
shown in note 26.

Independent auditor
Deloitte LLP has expressed its willingness to continue as 
the Company’s auditor until the appointment of a new 
external auditor following a tender process (please refer  
to page 43 of the Audit Committee report for details).  
A resolution for its re-appointment will be proposed at 
the forthcoming annual general meeting. The notice of the 
annual general meeting can be found on pages 95 to 99.

66     PayPoint plc  Annual Report 2017

Statement of directors’ responsibilities 

Responsibility statement 
We confirm that to the best of our knowledge:

–   the financial statements, prepared in accordance with 
IFRS, give a true and fair view of the assets, liabilities, 
financial position and profit or loss of the Company and 
the undertakings included in the consolidation taken as  
a whole;

–   the strategic report includes a fair review of the 

development and performance of the business and the 
position of the Company and the undertakings included 
in the consolidation taken as a whole, together with a 
description of the principal risks and uncertainties that 
they face; and

–   the annual report and financial statements, taken as a 

whole, are fair, balanced and understandable and provide 
the information necessary for shareholders to assess the 
Company’s performance, business model and strategy.

This responsibility statement was approved by the board  
of directors on 25 May 2017 and signed on its behalf by:

Dominic Taylor
Chief Executive
25 May 2017

The directors are responsible for preparing the annual 
report and the financial statements in accordance with 
applicable law and regulations.

Company law requires the directors to prepare financial 
statements for each financial year. Under that law, the 
directors are required to prepare the Group financial 
statements in accordance with International Financial 
Reporting Standards (IFRS) as adopted by the European 
Union (EU) and Article 4 of the International Accounting 
Standard (IAS) Regulation and have also chosen to prepare 
the parent company financial statements under IFRS as 
adopted by the EU. Under company law, the directors 
must not approve the accounts unless they are satisfied 
that they give a true and fair view of the state of affairs 
of the Company and of the profit or loss of the Company 
for that period. In preparing these financial statements, 
International Accounting Standard 1 requires that directors:

–   properly select and apply accounting policies;

–   present information, including accounting policies, in a 

manner that provides relevant, reliable, comparable and 
understandable information;

–   provide additional disclosures when compliance with the 
specific requirements in IFRS are insufficient to enable 
users to understand the impact of particular transactions, 
other events and conditions on the entity’s financial 
position and financial performance; and

–   make an assessment of the Company’s ability to continue 

as a going concern.

The directors are responsible for keeping adequate 
accounting records that are sufficient to show and explain 
the Company’s transactions and disclose with reasonable 
accuracy at any time the financial position of the Company 
and enable them to ensure that the financial statements 
comply with the Companies Act 2006. They are also 
responsible for safeguarding the assets of the Company 
and hence for taking reasonable steps for the prevention 
and detection of fraud and other irregularities.

The directors are responsible for the maintenance and 
integrity of the corporate and financial information included 
on the Company’s website. Legislation in the United 
Kingdom governing the preparation and dissemination of 
financial statements may differ from legislation in other 
jurisdictions.

PayPoint plc  Annual Report 2017     67

STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSIndependent auditor’s report to the members of PayPoint plc

Opinion on financial statements of PayPoint plc

In our opinion:

–  the financial statements give a true and fair view of the state of the group’s and of the parent company’s affairs 

as at 31 March 2017 and of the group’s profit for the year then ended;

–  the group financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting 

Standards (IFRSs) as adopted by the European Union;

–  the parent company financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with IFRSs as adopted by 

the European Union and as applied in accordance with the provisions of the Companies Act 2006; and

–  the financial statements have been prepared in accordance with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006 

and, as regards the group financial statements, Article 4 of the IAS Regulation.

The financial statements that we have audited comprise:

–   the Consolidated Income Statement;

–   the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income;

–   the Consolidated and Company Balance Sheets;

–   the Consolidated and Company Cash Flow Statements;

–   the Consolidated and Company Statements of Changes in Equity;

–   the related notes to the Consolidated financial statements 1 to 29; and

–   the related notes to the Parent financial statements 1 to 10.

The financial reporting framework that has been applied in their preparation is applicable law and IFRSs as adopted by the 
European Union and, as regards the parent company financial statements, as applied in accordance with the provisions of 
the Companies Act 2006.

Summary of our audit approach

Key risks
The key risks that we identified in the current year were:

–   Accounting for the Collect+ restructure; and

–   Revenue recognition.

Within this report, any new risks are identified with  and any risks which are the same as the prior year identified with .

Materiality
The materiality that we used in the current year was £2.5 million which was determined on the basis of 5% of profit before 
tax, adjusted to exclude the profit arising on disposal of the Mobile Payments business. 

Scoping
Our group audit scope included 12 (2016: 12) entities.

Significant changes in our approach
Our audit approach has changed in response to the principal corporate transactions that have resulted in changes to the 
Group’s structure: 

–   the disposal of the mobile payments business resulted in prior year risks on valuation and classification as held for sale  

no longer being relevant; 

–   the sale of the Group’s interest in Drop and Collect Limited has resulted in the the prior year identified risk of impairment 

no longer being relevant; and

–   the new joint arrangements with Yodel Delivery Network Limited have given rise to a new risk relating to the 

determination of the nature of the arrangement, whether it is a joint venture or a joint operation, and therefore the 
accounting policy to be applied.

Going concern and the directors’ assessment of the principal risks that would threaten the 
solvency or liquidity of the group 

As required by the Listing Rules we have reviewed the directors’ statement regarding the appropriateness of the going 
concern basis of accounting contained within note 1 to the financial statements and the directors’ statement on the 
longer-term viability of the group on page 22.

We are required to state whether we have anything material to add or draw attention to in relation to:

–   the directors’ confirmation on page 20 that they have carried out a robust assessment of the principal risks facing the 

group, including those that would threaten its business model, future performance, solvency or liquidity;

68     PayPoint plc  Annual Report 2017

–   the disclosures on pages 20-22 that describe those risks and explain how they are being managed or mitigated;

–   the directors’ statement in note 1 to the financial statements about whether they considered it appropriate to adopt the 
going concern basis of accounting in preparing them and their identification of any material uncertainties to the group’s 
ability to continue to do so over a period of at least twelve months from the date of approval of the financial statements; 
and

–   the directors’ explanation on page 22 as to how they have assessed the prospects of the group, over what period 

they have done so and why they consider that period to be appropriate, and their statement as to whether they have a 
reasonable expectation that the group will be able to continue in operation and meet its liabilities as they fall due over 
the period of their assessment, including any related disclosures drawing attention to any necessary qualifications or 
assumptions.

We confirm that we have nothing material to add or draw attention to in respect of these matters.

We agreed with the directors’ adoption of the going concern basis of accounting and we did not identify any such 
material uncertainties. However, because not all future events or conditions can be predicted, this statement is 
not a guarantee as to the group’s ability to continue as a going concern.

Independence

We are required to comply with the Financial Reporting Council’s Ethical Standards for Auditors and confirm that we are 
independent of the group and we have fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities in accordance with those standards.

We confirm that we are independent of the group and we have fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities in 
accordance with those standards. We also confirm we have not provided any of the prohibited non-audit services 
referred to in those standards.

Our assessment of risks of material misstatement

The assessed risks of material misstatement described below are those that had the greatest effect on our audit strategy, 
the allocation of resources in the audit and directing the efforts of the engagement team.

Accounting for the joint arrangements in Collect+  

Risk description

As described in note 17 and as discussed by the Audit Committee on page 43, in December 2016 the Group announced the 
sale of its 50% interest in Drop and Collect Limited, which trades as Collect+, to its joint venture partner, Yodel Delivery 
Network Limited (“Yodel”), in exchange for a 50% stake in a newly incorporated entity Collect+ Holdings Limited which 
holds, via its wholly-owned subsidiary, Collect+ Brand Limited, the Collect+ brand. Collect+ Brand Limited has entered into 
agreements to licence the brand to PayPoint and Yodel in return for royalties for each parcel introduced to Collect+. 
The accounting for this transaction is complex, requiring an evaluation of the arrangements entered into to determine the 
disposal accounting for the Group’s interest in Drop and Collect Limited and the accounting for the new arrangements with 
Collect+ Holdings Limited in determining whether the arrangement represents a joint venture or a joint operation. This 
determination affects the presentation in the Group’s financial statements as the former requires the use of equity 
accounting whilst the latter requires the use of proportionate consolidation. As management expect that the parcel delivery 
service provided by Collect+ will continue to grow, the determination of the accounting presentation is considered a critical 
judgement. Management has determined that the arrangement represents a joint operation.

How the scope 
of our audit 
responded to 
the risk

We considered management’s assessment of accounting for the new arrangements by inspecting the agreements signed 
relating to the transaction including:
–   the shareholders’ agreement between PayPoint and Yodel;
–   the services agreement between PayPoint and Drop and Collect Limited; and
–   the brand licence agreement between PayPoint and Collect+ Brand Limited.
We have reviewed the Group’s accounting analysis of the transaction and the agreement. We evaluated the accounting 
against the requirements of IFRS 11 – Joint Arrangements. We considered the rights and obligations of each party to the 
arrangement in the normal course of business based on the agreements and through discussion with management.
We have tested the loss on disposal calculation, including performing substantive analytical review procedures on the 
results of Drop and Collect Limited up to the date of disposal.

Key 
observations

Based on our audit procedures, we are satisfied that the accounting for the new joint arrangement as a joint operation and 
the impact on the financial statements, including from the disposal of the Group’s interest in Drop and Collect Limited, is 
appropriate and in accordance with IFRS.

PayPoint plc  Annual Report 2017     69

STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSIndependent auditor’s report to the members of PayPoint plc continued

Revenue Recognition  

Risk description

How the scope 
of our audit 
responded to 
the risk

Revenues of £212 million, primarily comprising commission and fees receivable from clients and retailers and the Group’s share 
of royalty income from the Collect+ joint operation, as well as revenues from the disposed Mobile payments business.
The Group’s accounting policy for the recognition of revenue is described in note 1 to the financial statements and further 
information is included in note 3 to the financial statements and in the report of the Audit Committee on page 43. The majority 
of the Group’s revenue is driven by high volume, low value transactions and the Group relies heavily on its computer systems to 
record this data accurately. Automated controls in the computer systems are supported by business process controls 
designed to ensure completeness and accuracy of recording of the transactions processed across the Group’s retail network. 
There is an inherent risk around the revenue recorded given the complexity of systems and the large number of schemes 
operated by the Group, particularly where there are manual interventions such as in processing changes to fee structures.

With the assistance of our IT specialists, we tested the effectiveness of the controls over the IT environment in which 
transaction polling, billing and rating reside, including the change control procedures in place over systems that bill material 
revenue streams.
We tested controls over end-to-end reconciliations from transaction polling from terminals, to billing and rating, to the 
general ledger, including interface controls designed to determine completeness of recording of all revenue transactions.
We also tested controls over manual adjustments to transaction-based invoices.
In addition to this controls work, we have performed the following:
–   substantive testing on the fee rates input into the computer systems;
–   for all material revenue streams, analytical procedures were undertaken; and
–   any material non-routine revenue streams were also substantively tested and the revenue recognition policies assessed 

against the criteria of IAS 18.

Key 
observations

Based on our audit procedures, we identified no matters to report to the Audit Committee.

These matters were addressed in the context of our audit of the financial statements as a whole, and in forming our opinion 
thereon, and we do not provide a separate opinion on these matters.

Our application of materiality

We define materiality as the magnitude of misstatement 
in the financial statements that makes it probable that the 
economic decisions of a reasonably knowledgeable person 
would be changed or influenced. We use materiality both in 
planning the scope of our audit work and in evaluating the 
results of our work.

Based on our professional judgement, we determined 
materiality for the financial statements as a whole as follows:

Group materiality
£2.5 million (2016: £2.5 million)

Basis for determining materiality
5% of pre-tax profit adjusted to exclude the gain arising on 
disposal of the Mobile Payments businesses and the loss 
on disposal of the Group’s 50% interest in Drop and Collect 
Limited.

Rationale for the benchmark applied
A profit measure is considered most relevant to users of 
the accounts; and an adjusted measure has been used 
to exclude the gain on disposal of the Mobile Payments 
business and the loss on disposal of the Group’s 50% 
interest in Drop and Collect Limited as these transactions 
are non-recurring in nature.

We agreed with the Audit Committee that we would 
report to the committee all audit differences in excess of 
£125,000 (2016: £125,000), as well as differences below 
that threshold that, in our view, warranted reporting on 
qualitative grounds. We also report to the Audit Committee 
on disclosure matters that we identified when assessing the 
overall presentation of the financial statements.

70     PayPoint plc  Annual Report 2017

Adjusted PBT 
£53.3m

Component materiality range 
£0.1m to £1.25m

Group materiality 
£2.5m

Audit Committee reporting threshold
£0.125m

An overview of the scope of our audit

Our group audit scope focused primarily on the audit work of 12 legal entities (2016: 12 legal entities). Of those:

–   7 (2016: 8) were subject to a full audit. These audits were performed by the Group audit team without the assistance  
of a component auditor and represent 77% of the Group’s revenue, 93% of profit before tax and 93% of net assets.

–   1 (PayPoint Romania) was subject to a statutory audit to 31 December 2016 followed by 3 months roll forward through 

specific audit procedures, it represents 19% of revenue, 6% of profit before tax and 7% of net assets; and

–   4 entities (including Drop and Collect Limited) which were disposed of during the year were subject to analytical review 

procedures by the Group audit team for the period during which they were under PayPoint’s control.

The extent of our testing was based on our assessment of the risks of material misstatement and of the materiality of 
the group’s business operations at those locations. These 12 entities represent the principal business units within the 
group and account for 100% (2016: 100%) of the group’s net assets, 100% (2016: 100%) of the group’s revenue and 
100% (2016: 100%) of the group’s adjusted profit before tax. They were also selected to provide an appropriate basis for 
undertaking audit work to address the risks of material misstatement identified above. Our audit work on the 12 entities 
was executed at levels of materiality applicable to each individual entity which were lower than group materiality. The 
highest materiality applied to an individual trading component was £1.25 million (2016: £1.4 million).

At the parent entity level we also tested the consolidation process and carried out analytical procedures.

The group audit team, including the Senior Statutory Auditor or another senior member of the engagement team, visits 
PayPoint Romania (the only location where a component auditor assists with the audit work) every year.

Revenue

Profit 
before tax

Net assets

Full audit scope – 77%

Specified audit procedures – 19%

Review at group level – 4%

Full audit scope – 93%

Specified audit procedures – 6%

Review at group level – 1%

Full audit scope – 93%

Specified audit procedures – 7%

Review at group level – 0%

Opinion on other matters prescribed by the Companies Act 2006

In our opinion, based on the work undertaken in the course of the audit:

–   the part of the Directors’ Remuneration Report to be audited has been properly prepared in accordance with the 

Companies Act 2006; 

–   the information given in the Strategic Report and the Directors’ Report for the financial year for which the financial 

statements are prepared is consistent with the financial statements; and

–   the Strategic Report and the Directors’ Report have been prepared in accordance with applicable legal requirements.

In the light of the knowledge and understanding of the company and its environment obtained in the course of the audit, 
we have not identified any material misstatements in the Strategic Report and the Directors’ Report.

Matters on which we are required to report by exception

Adequacy of explanations received and accounting records
Under the Companies Act 2006 we are required to report to you if, in our opinion:

–   we have not received all the information and explanations we require for our audit; or

–   adequate accounting records have not been kept by the parent company, or returns adequate for our audit have not 

been received from branches not visited by us; or

–   the parent company financial statements are not in agreement with the accounting records and returns. 

We have nothing to report in respect of these matters.

PayPoint plc  Annual Report 2017     71

STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSIndependent auditor’s report to the members of PayPoint plc continued

Directors’ remuneration
Under the Companies Act 2006 we are also required to report if in our opinion certain disclosures of directors’ 
remuneration have not been made or the part of the Directors’ Remuneration Report to be audited is not in agreement 
with the accounting records and returns. 

We have nothing to report arising from these matters.

Corporate Governance Statement
Under the Listing Rules we are also required to review part of the Corporate Governance Statement relating to the 
company’s compliance with certain provisions of the UK Corporate Governance Code. 

We have nothing to report arising from our review.

Our duty to read other information in the Annual Report
Under International Standards on Auditing (UK and Ireland), we are required to report to you if, in our opinion, information 
in the annual report is:

–   materially inconsistent with the information in the audited financial statements; or

–   apparently materially incorrect based on, or materially inconsistent with, our knowledge of the group acquired in the 

course of performing our audit; or

–   otherwise misleading.

In particular, we are required to consider whether we have identified any inconsistencies between our knowledge acquired 
during the audit and the directors’ statement that they consider the annual report is fair, balanced and understandable and 
whether the annual report appropriately discloses those matters that we communicated to the Audit Committee which we 
consider should have been disclosed. 

We confirm that we have not identified any such inconsistencies or misleading statements.

Respective responsibilities of directors and auditor
As explained more fully in the Directors’ Responsibilities Statement, the directors are responsible for the preparation of 
the financial statements and for being satisfied that they give a true and fair view. Our responsibility is to audit and express 
an opinion on the financial statements in accordance with applicable law and International Standards on Auditing (UK and 
Ireland). We also comply with International Standard on Quality Control 1 (UK and Ireland). Our audit methodology and 
tools aim to ensure that our quality control procedures are effective, understood and applied. Our quality controls and 
systems include our dedicated professional standards review team and independent partner reviews.

This report is made solely to the company’s members, as a body, in accordance with Chapter 3 of Part 16 of the Companies 
Act 2006. Our audit work has been undertaken so that we might state to the company’s members those matters we are 
required to state to them in an auditor’s report and for no other purpose. To the fullest extent permitted by law, we do not 
accept or assume responsibility to anyone other than the company and the company’s members as a body, for our audit 
work, for this report, or for the opinions we have formed.

Scope of the audit of the financial statements
An audit involves obtaining evidence about the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements sufficient to give 
reasonable assurance that the financial statements are free from material misstatement, whether caused by fraud or error. 
This includes an assessment of: whether the accounting policies are appropriate to the Group’s and the parent company’s 
circumstances and have been consistently applied and adequately disclosed; the reasonableness of significant accounting 
estimates made by the directors; and the overall presentation of the financial statements. In addition, we read all the 
financial and non-financial information in the annual report to identify material inconsistencies with the audited financial 
statements and to identify any information that is apparently materially incorrect based on, or materially inconsistent 
with, the knowledge acquired by us in the course of performing the audit. If we become aware of any apparent material 
misstatements or inconsistencies we consider the implications for our report.

Hadleigh Shekle FCA (Senior statutory auditor)
for and on behalf of Deloitte LLP 
Chartered Accountants and Statutory Auditor 
London, UK 
25 May 2017

72     PayPoint plc  Annual Report 2017

Consolidated income statement

Continuing operations
Revenue
Cost of revenue
Gross profit
Administrative expenses
Operating profit before impairments and business disposals
Impairments
Disposal of businesses
Operating profit after impairments and business disposals
Share of joint venture result
Investment income
Finance costs
Profit before tax
Tax 
Profit/(loss) for the year

Attributable to:
Equity holders of the parent
Non-controlling interest

Earnings/(loss) per share
Basic
Diluted

Year ended  
31 March 2017 
£000

Year ended 
31 March 2016 
£000

Note

2
5

8

9
9

15

10

211,924
(106,008)
105,916
(53,640)
52,276
-
15,660
67,936
1,193
132
(120)
69,141
(9,508)
59,633

212,556
(106,539)
106,017
(55,689)
50,328
(48,986)
7,014
8,356
(224)
123
(103)
8,152
(10,247)
(2,095)

59,622
11
59,633

(2,111)
16
(2,095)

11
11

87.5p
87.2p

(3.1)p
(3.1)p

Consolidated statement of comprehensive income

Items that may subsequently be reclassified to the consolidated income 
statement:
Exchange differences on translation of foreign operations
Accumulated foreign exchange translation recycled to the income  
statement (net of nil tax)
Other comprehensive income for the year
Profit/(loss) for the year
Total comprehensive income/(expense) for the year
Attributable to:
Equity holders of the parent
Non-controlling interest

Year ended  
31 March 2017 
£000

Year ended 
31 March 2016 
£000

Note

9

675
2,047

2,722
59,633
62,355

62,344
11
62,355

968
-

968
(2,095)
(1,127)

(1,143)
16
(1,127)

PayPoint plc  Annual Report 2017     73

STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
 
Consolidated statement of financial position 

Non-current assets 
Goodwill 
Other intangible assets 
Property, plant and equipment 
Investment in joint venture
Deferred tax asset 

Current assets 
Inventories 
Trade and other receivables 
Cash and cash equivalents 
Assets held for sale

Total assets 
Current liabilities 
Trade and other payables 
Current tax liabilities 
Liabilities directly associated with assets classified as held for sale

Non-current liabilities 
Trade and other payables 
Deferred tax liability

Total liabilities 
Net assets 
Equity 
Share capital 
Share premium
Share-based payment reserve
Translation reserve 
Retained earnings 
Total equity attributable to equity holders of the parent 
Non-controlling interest
Total equity

Note

12
13
14
15
17

18
20

21

21
17

23

Year ended  
31 March 2017 
£000

Year ended 
31 March 2016 
£000

8,236
11,867
27,168
-
354
47,625

357
98,771
53,080
-
152,208
199,833

121,603
4,548
-
126,151

537
-
537
126,688
73,145

227
2,633
4,404
(316)
66,197
73,145
-
73,145

8,068
8,038
21,452
1,629
-
39,187

523
109,247
80,831
4,794
195,395
234,582

140,095
3,487
3,070
146,652

-
67
67
146,719
87,863

227
2,365
3,956
(3,038)
84,467
87,977
(114)
87,863

These financial statements were approved by the board of directors and authorised for issue on 25 May 2017 and signed 
on behalf of the board of directors. 

Dominic Taylor
Chief Executive 
25 May 2017

74     PayPoint plc  Annual Report 2017

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated statement of changes in equity

Opening equity 1 April 2015
(Loss)/profit for the year
Exchange differences on 
translation of foreign operations
Equity-settled share-based 
payment expense
Vesting of share scheme
Dividends
Closing equity 31 March 2016
Profit for the year
Exchange differences on 
translation of foreign operations
Exchange differences transferred 
to income statement on sale of 
business
Equity-settled share-based 
payment expense
Vesting of share scheme
Deferred tax on share-based 
payments
Dividends
Closing equity 31 March 2017

Note

23

23
24

9

23

23

24

Share
premium
£000
1,977
-
-

Share-based 
payment 
reserve
£000
3,926
-
-

Retained 
earnings
£000

Translation 
reserve
£000

Total equity 
attributable to 
equity holders 
of the parent 
£000
(4,006) 113,348 115,472
(2,111)
(2,111)
968
-

-
968

Non- 
controlling 
interest  
£000

Total 
equity
£000
(130) 115,342
(2,095)
968

16
-

-

1,660

-

-

1,660

-

1,660

388
-
2,365
-
-

(1,630)
-
3,956
-
-

-
-

666
(27,436)
(3,038) 84,467
59,622
-

-
675

(576)
(27,436)
87,977
59,622
675

-
-
(114)
11
-

(576)
(27,436)
87,863
59,633
675

2,047

103

2,150

-

-

-

2,047

1,552

268
-

(1,329)
225

-

-
-

-

-

651
-

1,552

(410)
225

Share
capital
£000
227
-
-

-

-
-
227
-
-

-

-

-
-

-
227

-
2,633

-
4,404

-

(78,543)
(316) 66,197

(78,543)
73,145

-

-
-

-
-

1,552

(410)
225

(78,543)
73,145

PayPoint plc  Annual Report 2017     75

STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSConsolidated statement of cash flows

Net cash inflow from operating activities
Investing activities 
Investment income 
Purchases of property, plant and equipment
Purchases of intangible assets
Net proceeds on disposal of businesses
Net cash from investing activities 
Financing activities
Cash-settled share-based remuneration
Dividends paid
Net cash used in financing activities
Net (decrease)/increase in cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year
Effect of foreign exchange rate changes
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

Reconciliation of cash and cash equivalents

Corporate cash
Client cash
Cash and cash equivalents on the statement of financial position
Cash and cash equivalents included in assets held for sale
Cash and cash equivalents on the statement of cash flows

Year ended  
31 March 2017 
£000
42,217

Year ended 
31 March 2016 
£000
59,014

Note
28

132
(12,116)
(5,335)
22,674
5,355

(410)
(78,543)
(78,953)
(31,381)
83,221
1,240
53,080

123
(4,633)
(3,586)
11,966
3,870

(576)
(27,436)
(28,012)
34,872
47,198
1,151
83,221

24

20

Year ended  
31 March 2017 
£000
32,876
20,204
53,080
-
53,080

Year ended 
31 March 2016 
£000
50,665
30,166
80,831
2,390
83,221

76     PayPoint plc  Annual Report 2017

 
 
Company statement of financial position 

Non-current assets 
Investments 

Current assets 
Trade and other receivables 
Cash and cash equivalents 

Total assets 

Current liabilities 
Trade and other payables

Non-current liabilities 
Trade and other payables
Deferred tax
Total liabilities 

Net assets 

Equity 
Share capital 
Share premium
Share-based payment reserve
Retained earnings 
Total equity 

Note

16

18

Year ended 
31 March 2017 
£000

Year ended
31 March 2016 
£000

60,149
60,149

22,032
1,409
23,441
83,590

61,743
61,743

41,181
12,337
53,518
115,261

21

6,611

429

21

23

-
70
6,681

25,901
-
26,330

76,909

88,931

227
2,633
4,179
69,870
76,909

227
2,365
3,956
82,383
88,931

PayPoint plc’s profit for the year was £65.4 million (2016: £52.5 million).

The financial statements of PayPoint plc (registered number 03581541) were approved by the board of directors and 
authorised for issue on 25 May 2017 and signed on behalf of the board of directors.

Dominic Taylor
Chief Executive
25 May 2017

PayPoint plc  Annual Report 2017     77

STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSCompany statement of changes in equity

Opening equity 1 April 2015
Profit for the year
Equity-settled share-based payment expense
Vesting of share scheme
Dividends paid
Closing equity 31 March 2016
Profit for the year
Equity-settled share-based payment expense
Vesting of share scheme
Dividends
Closing equity 31 March 2017

Note

6
23
23
24

6
23
23
24

Share 
capital
£000
227
-
-
-
-
227
-
-
-
-
227

Share
premium
£000
1,977
-
-
388
-
2,365
-
-
268
-
2,633

Share-based 
payment reserve
£000
3,926
-
1,660
(1,630)
-
3,956
-
1,552
(1,329)
-
4,179

Retained  
earnings
£000
56,636
52,517
-
666
(27,436)
82,383
65,379
-
651
(78,543)
69,870

Total
equity 
£000
62,766
52,517
1,660
(576)
(27,436)
88,931
65,379
1,552
(410)
(78,543)
76,909

Company statement of cash flows

Net cash movement from operating activities

Investing activities 
Dividends and interest received 
Proceeds on disposal of investments
Investment in group companies 
Net cash from investing activities 
Financing activities
Dividends paid 
Net cash used in financing activities

Net (decrease)/increase in cash and cash equivalents 
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

Year ended  
31 March 2017 
£000
(2,374)

Year ended 
31 March 2016 
£000
30,460

Note
28

16

24

46,021
24,808
(840)
69,989

-
12,300
(3,369)
8,931

(78,543)
(78,543)

(27,436)
(27,436)

(10,928)
12,337
1,409

11,955
382
12,337

78     PayPoint plc  Annual Report 2017

 
 
Notes to the consolidated financial statements

1. Accounting policies

Statement of compliance with IFRS and basis of 
preparation 
PayPoint plc is a public limited company and is incorporated 
in the United Kingdom under the Companies Act. The 
Company’s ordinary shares are traded on the London Stock 
Exchange. The Group’s financial statements have been 
prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting 
Standards (IFRS) as adopted by the European Union and as 
such comply with Article 4 of the EU IAS regulation.

These financial statements are presented in pounds sterling 
rounded to thousands (£000). The pound sterling is the 
currency of the primary economic environment in which the 
Group operates.

Adoption of new and revised standards
In the current year, a number of amendments to IFRS issued 
by the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB) 
became mandatorily effective for accounting periods 
beginning on or after 1 April 2016. Their adoption has 
not had any material impact on the disclosures or on the 
amounts reported in these financial statements.

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

 2012-2014 Cycle of annual improvements to IFRS

 IFRS 10, IFRS 12 and IAS 28 (amended) Investment 
entities: applying the consolidation exception

 IFRS 11 (amended) Accounting for acquisitions of 
interests in joint operations

 IAS 1 (amended) Disclosure initiative

 IAS 27 (amended) Equity method in separate financial 
statements

 IAS 16 and IAS 38 (amended) Clarification of acceptable 
methods of depreciation and amortisation

– 

 IAS 16 and IAS 41 (amended) Agriculture bearer plants

At the date of authorisation of these financial statements, 
new and revised IFRS issued, but not yet effective, are set 
out below. The directors anticipate that the adoption of 
these Standards and Interpretations in future periods will 
have no material impact on the financial statements of the 
Group.

These have not been adopted in the Group accounting 
policies:

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

 2014-2016 Cycle of annual improvements to IFRS

 IFRS 2 (amended) Classification and measurement of 
share-based payment transactions

 IFRS 10 and IAS 28 (amended) Sale or contribution of 
assets between an investor and its associate or joint 
venture

 IFRIC 22 Foreign currency transactions and advance 
consideration 

 IAS 7 (amended) Disclosure initiative

 IAS 12 (amended) Recognition of deferred tax assets 
for unrealised losses

 IAS 40 (amended) Transfers of investment property

 IFRS 9 Financial instruments

 IFRS 14 Regulatory deferral accounts

Furthermore:

IFRS 15 is a new standard and is effective for accounting 

periods commencing on or after 1 January 2018. It is based 
on a five step model framework, which replaces all existing 
revenue standards. The principles of the standard are that 
revenue is recognised as the Group fulfils its performance 
obligations. The Group has performed an initial impact 
assessment of IFRS 15 taking into account the current 
revenue recognition policies set out on page 81. The 
revenue recognition for SIMs is the only area where the 
revenue recognition will change although this is not material 
to the overall Group revenue. Revenue recognition for other 
products and services is unlikely to change significantly 
from the current recognition policy. 

IFRS 16 ‘Leases’ is effective for annual periods beginning  
on or after 1 January 2019 subject to EU endorsement. 
IFRS 16 provides a single lessee accounting model, requiring 
lessees to recognise right of use assets and lease liabilities 
for all applicable leases. On adoption of IFRS 16 the Group 
will recognise on the balance sheet a right to use an asset 
and lease liability for all leases under which it is a lessee. In 
the income statement depreciation of the asset and interest 
expense arising from the lease liability will be recognised 
in place of the operating lease rental expense. This will 
result in an increase in cost of revenue, finance costs and a 
decrease in administrative expenses. The standard will also 
impact a number of statutory measures such as operating 
profit and alternative performance measures used by the 
Group. The impact of IFRS 16 on implementation may 
change as a result of alterations to existing lease contracts 
terms or new contracts entered into before the standard’s 
implementation. If the standard was adopted in the current 
financial year the right to use the asset would increase gross 
assets by £1.6 million and lease liabilities increasing total 
liabilities by £1.6 million. However, the overall impact on 
earnings would not be significant, as total operating lease 
charges would broadly be similar to the depreciation and 
finance costs recognised. The Group does not have any 
leases where it is a lessor.

Alternative performance measures
Non-IFRS measures or alternative performance measures 
are used by the directors and management for performance 
analysis, planning, reporting and incentive setting purposes 
and have remained consistent with the prior year. These 
measures are included in these financial statements to 
provide additional useful information on performance and 
trends to shareholders. 

These measures are not defined terms under IFRS and 
therefore they may not be comparable with similarly 
titled measures reported by other companies. They are 
not intended to be a substitute for, or superior to, IFRS 
measures. These measures include net revenue, Retail 
networks earnings per share and effective tax rate.

PayPoint plc  Annual Report 2017     79

STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSNotes to the consolidated financial statements continued

Net revenue (Non-IFRS measure)
Net revenue is revenue less the cost of mobile top-ups 
(where PayPoint is principal), SIM cards and other costs 
incurred by PayPoint which are recharged to clients and 
merchants. These costs include retail agent commission, 
card payment merchant service charges and costs for the 
provision of call centres for PayByPhone clients.

Net revenue reflects the benefit attributable to PayPoint’s 
performance eliminating pass-through costs and further 
assists with comparability of performance where PayPoint 
acts as a principal for some clients and as an agent for 
others. Net revenue is a reliable indication of contribution 
on a business sector and product basis and is shown in the 
operating and financial review. A reconciliation from revenue 
to net revenue is included in note 3.

Retail networks and ongoing business (Non-IFRS 
measure)
Following the sale of Mobile and Online, the ongoing 
business of the Group is Retail networks. In order to 
aid users’ understanding of the results for the year a 
reconciliation has been presented of the Group’s results  
for the year to that of Retail networks in note 4.

Effective tax rate (non-IFRS measure)
Effective tax rate is the tax cost as a percentage of the net 
profit before tax excluding significant items including profit 
or loss on business disposals and impairments. Effective 
tax is a better reflection of the tax cost because it excludes 
the effects of significant items and better reflects the 
underlying tax rate. 

Significant accounting policies
The accounting policies adopted by the Group are 
consistent with prior years.

Basis of consolidation
PayPoint plc (the Company) acts as a holding company. The 
Group accounts consolidate the accounts of the Company 
and entities controlled by the Company (its subsidiaries). 
Control is achieved when the Company has the power over 
an entity, is exposed, or has rights, to variable return from 
its involvement with it, and has the ability to use its powers 
to affect its returns. The Company reassesses its control in 
an entity if facts and circumstances indicate that there is a 
change to any of the three elements of control listed above. 

The results of subsidiaries acquired or sold are consolidated 
for the periods from or to the date on which control changed. 
All intergroup transactions, balances, income and expenses 
are eliminated on consolidation except for joint ventures.

All the subsidiaries of the Group, a list of which are provided 
in note 16 to the financial statements, apply accounting 
policies which are consistent with those of the Group.

Business combinations
The acquisition of subsidiaries is accounted for using the 
acquisition method. Acquisition-related costs are recognised 
in profit or loss as incurred. The cost of the acquisition is 
measured at the aggregate of the fair values, at the date of 
exchange, of assets given, liabilities incurred or assumed, 
and equity instruments issued by the Group in exchange for 
control of the acquiree. The acquired identifiable assets, 
liabilities and contingent liabilities that meet the conditions 
for recognition under IFRS 3 Business Combinations are 
recognised at their fair value at the acquisition date, except 
for non-current assets that are classified as held for resale 
in accordance with IFRS 5 Non-Current Assets Held for Sale 
and Discontinued Operations, which are recognised and 
measured at fair value less costs to sell. 

80     PayPoint plc  Annual Report 2017

Goodwill
Goodwill arising on consolidation represents the excess of 
the cost of acquisition over the Group’s interest in the fair 
value of the identifiable assets and liabilities of a subsidiary 
at the date of acquisition. Goodwill is not amortised and 
is measured at the amount initially recognised less any 
accumulated impairment losses. 

For the purpose of impairment testing, goodwill is allocated 
to each of the Group’s subsidiaries (cash-generating 
units). The cash generating units to which goodwill has 
been allocated are tested for impairment annually, or more 
frequently when there is an indication of impairment. This 
is done by determining the recoverable amount. If the 
recoverable amount of the cash-generating unit is less than 
the carrying amount, an impairment loss is recognised by 
first allocating the impairment to goodwill and then to the 
other assets on a pro-rata basis of the carrying amount of 
each asset in the unit. Any impairment loss for goodwill is 
recognised immediately in profit or loss and is not reversed 
in subsequent years.

On disposal of a cash generating unit, the related goodwill 
is included in the determination of the profit or loss on 
disposal.

Impairment of property, plant and equipment and other 
intangible assets
At each balance sheet date, the Group reviews the 
carrying amounts of its property, plant and equipment 
and intangible assets to determine whether there is any 
indication that those assets have suffered an impairment 
loss. If any such indication exists, the recoverable amount 
of the asset is estimated in order to determine the extent 
of the impairment loss (if any). Where the asset does not 
generate cash flows that are independent from other 
assets, the Group estimates the recoverable amount of 
the cash-generating unit to which the asset belongs. An 
intangible asset with an indefinite useful life and intangible 
assets not available for use are tested for impairment 
annually and whenever there is an indication that the asset 
may be impaired.

Recoverable amount is the higher of fair value less costs to 
sell and value in use. In assessing value in use, the estimated 
future cash flows are discounted to their present value 
using a pre-tax discount rate that reflects current market 
assessments of the time value of money and the risks 
specific to the asset for which the estimates of future cash 
flows have not been adjusted.

If the recoverable amount of an asset (or cash-generating 
unit) is estimated to be less than its carrying amount, the 
carrying amount of the asset (or cash-generating unit) is 
reduced to its recoverable amount. An impairment loss is 
recognised as an expense immediately.

The reversal of any impairment loss is limited by the net 
book value to which the relevant asset would have been 
reduced, had no impairment occurred. A reversal of an 
impairment loss is recognised as income.

Assets held for sale and discontinued operations
Where the sale of a component of the Group is considered 
highly probable and the business is available for immediate 
sale in its present condition, it is classified as held for sale. 
Assets and liabilities held for sale are measured at the lower 
of carrying amount and fair value less costs to sell.

 
A discontinued operation is a component of the Group 
which represents a separate major line of business or a 
geographical area of operations, which has been sold 
or classified as an asset held for sale. The Group has no 
discontinued operations.

Revenue
Revenue represents the value of services and goods 
delivered or sold to clients and retailers which is measured 
using the fair value of the consideration received or 
receivable, net of value added tax.

Revenue from bill and general payments comprises 
commissions from clients for processing transactions 
and providing an over-the-counter payments service. 
Revenue is recognised at the point in time each transaction 
is processed. Dependent on the contracted terms, 
management fees, set-up fees or cash rebates are deferred 
and recognised on a straight-line basis over the contracted 
period with the client. 

Top-up revenue comprises revenue from top ups for mobile 
phones, e-vouchers, prepaid debit cards and lottery tickets. 
Revenue is recognised at the point in time each top-up 
is sold. In the UK, PayPoint is contracted as agent in the 
supply of mobile top-ups and accordingly the commission 
earned from mobile operators is recognised. In Ireland 
and Romania, PayPoint contracts as principal and revenue 
is recognised at the gross sale price and cost of revenue 
includes the related cost. 

Retail services revenue comprises:

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

 services fees from retailers (ATM, card payment, 
broadband, PayPoint One and EPoS services) and is 
recognised as the services are provided

 commissions, rebates and fees from card payment 
processing, parcel and money transfer transactions are 
recognised when the transactions are processed

 commissions from sale of SIM cards is primarily earned 
from the mobile operators based on activations and  
the value of top-ups after the initial sale. This revenue  
is contingent on the customer actions and is recognised 
once the customer activates and uses the SIM 

 fees for receipt advertising and failed direct debits  
are recognised at the time the transaction occurs

 the Group’s share of royalty income from the Collect+ 
joint operation (see accounting policy on joint 
arrangements on page 83)

Cost of revenue
In the current year ‘cost of sales’ was renamed to ‘cost of 
revenue’ to better reflect the nature of the costs included 
in this category. The costs allocated to this category are 
consistent with prior year’s allocations and policy.

Cost of revenue primarily consists of expenses related 
to delivering our services and products. These include 
commissions payable to retailers, cost of mobile top-ups 
and SIM cards (where PayPoint is principal), card scheme 
sponsors’ charges, transaction costs, terminal and ATM 
maintenance costs, telecommunications costs, field service 
costs, depreciation and amortisation. 

Foreign currency
Foreign currency transactions are translated into the 
functional currency using the exchange rates prevailing at 
the dates of the transaction. At each balance sheet date, 
monetary assets and liabilities that are denominated in 
foreign currencies are retranslated at the rates prevailing on 
the balance sheet date. Non-monetary assets and liabilities 
carried at fair value that are denominated in foreign 
currency are translated at the rates prevailing at the date 
when fair value was determined. Gains and losses arising on 
retranslation are included in net profit or loss for the year.

The assets and liabilities of the Group’s overseas operations 
are translated at exchange rates prevailing on the balance 
sheet date. Cash flows, profit and loss items are translated 
at the average exchange rates for the year unless exchange 
rates fluctuate significantly. Exchange differences arising 
on consolidation are recorded in a separate component of 
equity titled the translation reserve. 

On the disposal of a foreign operation accumulated 
exchange differences in respect of that operation are 
reclassified to profit or loss.

Pension costs
The Group makes payments to a number of defined 
contribution pension schemes. Pension costs are recognised 
as an expense when employees have rendered services 
entitling them to the contributions. Differences between 
contributions payable in the year and contributions actually 
paid are shown as either accruals or prepayments in the 
statement of financial position.

Share-based payments
Share based payment arrangements are either cash 
settled or equity settled at the Group’s option. The Group 
determines whether it has incurred a present obligation 
to settle in cash and, if there is no present obligation, 
treats the options as equity-settled. If the Group then 
elects to settle in cash, the cash payment is accounted for 
as a deduction from equity. Equity-settled share-based 
payments are measured at fair value at the date of grant. 
The fair value determined at the grant date of the equity-
settled share-based payments is expensed on a straight 
line basis over the vesting period, based upon independent 
advice that the shares will eventually vest. Fair value is 
measured by use of either a Monte Carlo simulation or  
Black Scholes model depending upon the scheme. The 
expected life used in the model has been adjusted for the 
effects of non-transferability, exercise restrictions and 
behavioural considerations.

Investment income
Investment income comprises of bank deposit interest 
received on cash and cash equivalents held at financial 
institutions. Interest is recognised as earned which reflects 
the effective interest rate method.

PayPoint plc  Annual Report 2017     81

STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSNotes to the consolidated financial statements continued

Taxation
The Group operates in three different tax jurisdictions 
which leads to some complexity in tax matters. This requires 
a degree of estimation of liabilities and delays resolution 
of issues. The final resolution of tax issues may give rise to 
variances in profit or loss and cash. The Group’s policy is 
to pay tax when due but to minimise tax payments where 
practically possible, without engaging in aggressive tax 
schemes.

The tax expense represents the amount payable in respect 
of the year under review based on the taxable profit for the 
year and deferred tax. Taxable profit differs from net profit 
as reported in the income statement because it excludes 
items of income or expense that are taxable or deductible  
in other years and items that are not taxable or deductible. 

The Group’s liability for current tax is calculated using tax 
rates that have been enacted or substantively enacted by 
the balance sheet date. 

Deferred tax is provided in full on taxable temporary 
differences between the tax bases of assets and liabilities 
and their carrying amounts. Deferred tax is calculated using 
tax rates that have been substantively enacted by the 
balance sheet date. Deferred tax assets are recognised on 
deductible temporary differences to the extent that it is 
probable that future taxable profit will be available against 
which the tax will be realised.

Deferred tax liabilities are recognised for taxable temporary 
differences arising on investments in subsidiaries and 
interests in joint ventures, except where the Group is able 
to control the reversal of the temporary difference and it is 
probable that the temporary difference will not reverse in 
the foreseeable future.

The carrying amount of deferred tax assets is reviewed at 
each balance sheet date and reduced to the extent that it 
is no longer probable that sufficient taxable profits will be 
available to allow all or part of the asset to be recovered. 
Deferred tax is charged or credited in the statement of 
profit or loss, except when it relates to items charged or 
credited directly to equity, in which case the deferred tax  
is recorded in equity.

Intangible assets
Recognised on acquisition
The Group has recognised intangible assets at their fair 
values in accordance with IFRS 3 Business combinations. 
These assets included merchant contract and acquired 
systems. These intangible assets were amortised over their 
estimated useful lives of one to five years for merchant 
contracts and ten years for acquired systems. 

Development expenditure
The Group develops computer software and other 
intangible assets for internal use. Development expenditure 
on large projects is recognised as an intangible asset if it 
is probable that the asset will generate future economic 
benefits. The costs that are capitalised are the directly 
attributable costs necessary to create and prepare the 
asset for operations. Development costs recognised as an 
intangible asset are amortised on a straight-line basis over 
its useful life, which is between five and ten years. Other 
software costs are recognised in administrative expenses 
when incurred.

Property, plant and equipment
Property, plant and equipment are carried at cost less 
accumulated depreciation and impairment. Depreciation 
is provided at rates calculated to write off the cost, less 
estimated residual value, of each asset on a straight-line 
basis over its expected useful life. The estimated useful 
lives are as follows and are reviewed on an annual basis:

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

 freehold building – 50 years

 leasehold improvements – over the life of the lease

 PayPoint One terminals - seven years

 other terminals – five years

 automatic teller machines (ATMs) – five years

 other classes of assets – three to five years

The gain or loss arising on the disposal or retirement of  
an asset is determined as the difference between the sale 
proceeds and the carrying amount of the asset and is 
recognised in profit or loss.

Investments
Investments in subsidiaries and joint arrangement are 
stated at cost less accumulated impairments.

Inventories
Inventories comprises stocks of e-vouchers, scratch cards 
and SIM cards. These are stated at the lower of cost or net 
realisable value.

In Ireland and Romania, PayPoint trades as principal for 
the processing and sale of mobile phone top-ups and the 
cost of these e-vouchers is included in inventories. Where 
PayPoint acts as an agent, the cost of the e-vouchers is  
not included in inventories. 

Trade and other receivables
Trade receivables are initially recorded at fair value and 
represent the amount of commission due from clients for 
which payment has not been received, less an allowance for 
doubtful accounts that is estimated based on factors such 
as the credit rating of the customer, historical trends, the 
current economic environment and other information.

Items in the course of collection represent gross 
transaction values received by retail agents that have  
not yet been collected by PayPoint, less an allowance  
for doubtful recovery.

Trade and other payables
Trade payables are initially recorded at fair value and 
represent the amount of invoices received from suppliers 
for purchases of goods and services for which payment  
has not been made.

Settlement payables represent gross transaction values 
received by retail agents that have not yet been settled  
to clients.

Provisions
Provisions are recognised when the Group has a present 
legal or constructive obligation as a result of a past event, 
it is probable that an outflow of resources will be required 
to settle the obligation and the amount can be reliably 
estimated. 

82     PayPoint plc  Annual Report 2017

Joint arrangements
A joint arrangement is an arrangement in which two or more 
parties have contractually agreed to sharing of control of  
an arrangement which requires the unanimous consent 
when making decisions about the relevant activities.

Dividends
Final dividends on ordinary shares are recognised in  
equity in the year in which they are approved by the 
Company’s shareholders. Interim dividends are recognised 
when declared.

In the company accounts, dividend income from 
investments is recognised when the shareholders’  
rights to receive payment have been established.

Critical accounting judgements and key sources  
of estimation uncertainty
In the application of the Group’s accounting policies, the 
directors are required to make judgements, estimates and 
assumptions about the carrying amounts of assets and 
liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources.  
The estimates and associated assumptions are based on 
historical experience and other factors that are considered  
to be relevant. Actual results may differ from these estimates.

The estimates and underlying assumptions are reviewed on 
an on-going basis. Revisions to accounting estimates are 
recognised in the period in which the estimate is revised 
if the revision affects only that period, or in the period of 
the revision and future periods if the revision affects both 
current and future periods.

The critical accounting judgement at the balance sheet date 
that has a significant risk of causing a material adjustment 
to the carrying amount of assets and liabilities within the 
next year is the capitalised development expenditure shown 
in intangible assets of £11.9 million (2016: £8.0 million).

Key source of estimated uncertainty
The useful life used to amortise intangible assets relates 
to the expected future performance of the assets and 
management’s judgement of the period over which economic 
benefit will be derived from the asset. For development costs, 
the Group has determined the useful life based on historical 
experience with similar products and platforms controlled by 
the Group as well as anticipation of future events which may 
impact their life such as changes in technology. Historically, 
changes in useful lives have not resulted in material changes  
to the Group’s amortisation charge.

Joint arrangements are classified as either:

– 

– 

 a joint venture whereby the Group has the right to net 
assets through joint control with third parties; or

 a joint operation whereby the Group has rights to the 
assets and obligations for the liabilities relating to the 
arrangement.

Joint ventures are accounted for using the equity method, 
whereby the investment is initially recognised at cost and 
adjusted thereafter for the post-acquisition change in the 
investor’s share of the investee’s net assets. 

Joint operations are accounted for by recognising, in 
relation to the interest in the joint operation:

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

 the assets, including its share of any assets held jointly;

 the liabilities, including its share of any liabilities incurred 
jointly;

 the revenue from the sale of its share of the output 
arising from the joint operation;

 the share of the revenue from the sale of the output  
by the joint operation; and

 the expenses, including its share of any expenses 
incurred jointly.

The Group accounts for the assets, liabilities, revenues 
and expenses relating to its interest in a joint operation 
in accordance with the IFRSs applicable to the particular 
assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses.

Leases
The Group has no finance leases. Rentals under operating 
leases are charged on a straight-line basis over the lease 
term, even if the payments are not made on such a basis. 
Benefits received and receivable as an incentive to sign an 
operating lease are similarly spread on a straight line basis 
over the lease term. 

Bank and other loans
Bank and other loans are initially measured at fair value, net 
of any attributable transaction costs and are subsequently 
measured at amortised cost using the effective interest 
rate method.

Cash and cash equivalents
For the purpose of the cash flow statement, cash and cash 
equivalents comprise cash at bank and in hand and short-term 
deposits with original maturity of less than three months and 
are subject to insignificant risk of changes in value.

Cash consists of corporate cash and client funds. 

Corporate cash consists of cash available to PayPoint for  
its daily operations. Client funds consists of cash collected 
on behalf of clients from retailers not yet transferred to 
clients but is held in PayPoint bank accounts. Corporate 
cash and client funds are included in the cash and cash 
equivalents on the statement of financial position and 
statement of cash flows.

PayPoint plc  Annual Report 2017     83

STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSNotes to the consolidated financial statements continued

984

52,276

Less 
Mobile and 
Online
£000
(8,495)
3,348
(5,147)
6,131

Statutory 
result
£000
211,924
(106,008)
105,916
(53,640)

For the year ended  
31 March 2017
Revenue
Cost of revenue
Gross profit
Administrative 
expenses
Operating profit 
before 
impairments and 
business disposals
Impairments
Profit on disposals 
of business
Operating profit 
after impairments 
and business 
disposals
Share of joint 
venture result
-
Investment income
11
Finance costs
69,141 (18,508)
Profit before tax
Tax 
-
(9,508)
Profit for the year 59,633 (18,508)

-
15,660 (19,503)

67,936 (18,519)

132
(120)

1,193

-

-

Less
Collect+
£000

Retail 
networks
£000
- 203,429
- (102,660)
- 100,769
(47,509)
-

- 53,260

-
3,843

-
-

3,843 53,260

(1,193)

-

-
-

132
(109)
2,650 53,283
(9,508)
43,775

-
2,650

Less
Collect+
£000

Retail 
networks
£000
- 196,396
- (101,698)
- 94,698
(41,935)
-

For the year ended  
31 March 2016
Revenue
Cost of revenue
Gross profit
Administrative 
expenses
Operating profit 
before 
impairments and 
business disposals
Impairments
Profit on disposals 
of business
Operating profit 
after impairments 
and business 
disposals
Share of joint 
venture result
Investment income
Finance costs
Profit before tax
Tax 
Profit for the year

Statutory 
result
£000

Less 
Mobile and 
Online
£000
212,556 (16,160)
4,841
(106,539)
106,017 (11,319)
(55,689) 13,754

50,328

2,435

-

52,763

(48,986) 48,986
(7,014)

7,014

8,356 44,407

-
-

-

-
-

52,763

(224)

-

224

-

123
(103)

-
23
8,152 44,430
(10,247)
-
(2,095) 44,430

-
-

123
(80)
224 52,806
(10,247)
224 42,559

-

2.  Segment reporting

(i) Segment information
PayPoint is a service provider for consumer transactions 
through various distribution channels, involving the processing 
of high volume transactions, the management of retailers and 
clients, the settlement of funds (collection and transmission) 
and transmission of data in a secure environment, by the 
application of technology.

The application of technology is directed on a Group basis by 
the Group’s Executive Board to develop products across the 
business, prioritised on an economic value basis (generally by 
product), rather than on a subsidiary by subsidiary basis and 
therefore the Group has only one operating segment. 

Geographical information

Revenue 
UK
Ireland
Romania
North America
France
Total

Year ended  
31 March 2017 
£000

Year ended 
31 March 2016 
£000

161,664
5,110
39,765
4,459
926
211,924

168,172
6,371
31,956
5,303
754
212,556

Non-current assets (excluding deferred tax)

Revenue 
UK
Romania
Total

Year ended  
31 March 2017 
£000

Year ended 
31 March 2016 
£000

38,164
9,107
47,271

31,119
8,068
39,187

3. 

 Net revenue (alternative performance 
measure)

Service revenue
Sale of goods
Royalties
Total revenue
less: 
Retail agent commissions
Cost of mobile top-ups and SIM 
cards as principal
Card scheme sponsors’ charges 
Net revenue 

Year ended  

31 March 2017
£000
173,880
37,695
349
211,924

Year ended 
31 March 2016
£000
179,723
32,833
0
212,556

(53,645)
(32,296)

(57,650)
(28,082)

(2,130)
123,853

(3,191)
123,633

4. 

 Reconciliation from the Group statutory 
income statement to Retail networks

Following the sale of Mobile and Online, the ongoing business 
of the Group is Retail networks. In order to assist users, a 
reconciliation has been presented of the Group’s results for 
the year from Group’s statutory income statement to Retail 
networks to aid with the users’ understanding of the results 
for the year. Neither Mobile nor Online met the definition of a 
discontinued operation set out in IFRS 5 Non-current assets 
held for sale and discontinued operations as each did not 
constitute a separate major line of business.

84     PayPoint plc  Annual Report 2017

 
5.  Cost of revenue

8.  Profit/(loss) for the year

In the current year ‘cost of sales’ was renamed to ‘cost of 
revenue’ to better reflect the nature of the costs included 
in this category. The costs allocated to this category are 
consistent with prior year’s allocations.

Commission payable to retail 
agents 
Cost of mobile top-ups and SIM 
cards as principal 
Card scheme sponsors’ charges
Depreciation and amortisation 
Other
Total cost of revenue 

Year ended  

31 March 2017
£000
53,645

Year ended 
31 March 2016
£000
57,650

32,296

28,082

2,130
7,473
10,464
106,008

3,191
5,784
11,832
106,539

6.  Profit of parent company

The Company has taken advantage of the exemption under 
S.408 of the Companies Act 2006 and consequently the 
income statement of the parent company is not presented 
as part of these financial statements. The profit of the 
parent company for the financial year amounted to £65.4 
million (2016: £52.5 million).

7.  Employee information

Average number of persons 
employed 
Sales, distribution and marketing 
Operations and administration 

Staff costs during the year 
(including directors)
Wages and salaries 
Social security costs 
Pension costs (note 25) 

Year ended  

31 March 2017

Year ended 
31 March 2016

190
471
661

195
519
714

£000

£000

26,715
2,728
1,310
30,753

28,924
2,904
1,146
32,974

Redundancy and termination costs were £0.6 million  
(2016: £0.9 million).

Directors’ emoluments, pension contributions and share 
options are disclosed in the Remuneration Committee 
report on pages 46 to 63. Included within staff costs is 
a share-based payment charge (note 23) of £1.6 million 
(2016: £1.7 million).

Profit/(loss) is  
after charging/(crediting): 
Inventory expensed – cost of 
mobile top-ups and SIM cards as 
principal 
Write downs of inventories 
recognised as an expense
Depreciation on property, plant 
and equipment
Amortisation of intangible assets
Loss on disposal of property, 
plant and equipment 
Foreign exchange gains/(losses)
Operating leases
Impairment of goodwill
Profit on disposal of business 
(note 9)
Research and development costs
Staff costs (note 7)

Auditor’s remuneration: 
Fees payable to the Company’s 
auditor for the audit of the 
Company’s annual accounts 
Fees payable to the Company’s 
auditor for the audit of the 
Company’s subsidiaries 
Total audit fees 
Other audit-related services
Fees payable to the Group’s 
auditor for the review of the 
interim results
Audit-related assurance 
services
Fees payable to the Group’s 
auditor and its associates for 
other services to the Group: 
Corporate finance services
Tax compliance services
Tax advisory services
Total other services 
Total auditor’s remuneration

Year ended  
31 March 2017 
£000

Year ended 
31 March 2016 
£000

32,182

28,082

114

-

5,302

4,698

2,171
414

-
63
-
(15,660)

2,500
30,753

1,086
25

10
153
48,986
(7,014)

2,800
32,974

Year ended  
31 March 2017 
£000

Year ended 
31 March 2016 
£000

35

33

155

133

190
28
24

166
-
28

52

28

300
53
132
485
727

300
86
297
683
877

Fees payable to Deloitte LLP and its associates for non-
audit services to the Company are not required to be 
disclosed because the consolidated financial statements 
are required to disclose such fees on a consolidated basis. 
A description of the work of the Audit Committee is set 
out on pages 42 to 45 and includes an explanation of how 
auditor independence is safeguarded where non-audit 
services are provided by the auditor.

PayPoint plc  Annual Report 2017     85

STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSNotes to the consolidated financial statements continued

9. 

Impairments and disposal of businesses

In the current year (23 December 2016) the Group disposed of 
its interest in the mobile payments business which comprised 
of PayByPhone Technologies Inc., PayByPhone Limited, 
Mobile Payment Services SAS and Adaptis Solutions Limited. 
Included in the Group’s results in the current year was a net 
loss of £1.0 million (2016: £2.2 million) related to Mobile’s 
operations up to the date of its sale.

In the prior year (8 January 2016) the Group disposed of 
the online payments business. Included in the Group’s results 
in the prior year was a net loss from the online business of  
£0.2 million.

The profit on disposal of these businesses is set out as follows:

Other intangible assets 
Property plant and equipment
Deferred tax asset 
Trade and other receivables
Cash and cash equivalents
Trade and other payables
Net carrying value  
of disposed business
Exchange differences  
recognised in equity
Non-controlling interests
Gain on disposal
Total consideration
Satisfied by:
Gross consideration
Disposal costs

Net cash inflow arising on disposal:
Gross consideration received
Less: disposal costs paid
Less: cash and cash  
equivalents disposed of

Year ended  
31 March 2017 
£000
-
614
-
2,830
1,959
(3,063)
2,340

Year ended 
31 March 2016 
£000
4,258
178
43
1,313
334
(840)
5,286

2,047

-

103
19,503
23,993

26,500
(2,507)
23,993

26,500
(1,596)
(1,959)

-
7,014
12,300

14,300
(2,000)
12,300

14,300
(2,000)
(334)

22,945

11,966

Profit/(loss) on disposal
Together with the loss on disposal of Drop and Collect 
Limited (note 15), the profit/(loss) resulting from the 
disposal of businesses is shown below:

Disposal of Online
Disposal of Mobile 
Disposal of Drop and Collect 
Limited (note 15)

Year ended  
31 March 2017 
£000
-
19,503
(3,843)

Year ended 
31 March 2016 
£000
7,014
-
-

15,660

7,014

Impairments
In the year no goodwill impairments were recognised.  
In the prior year the carrying value of the Mobile and  
Online assets were tested for impairment with impairments 
recorded as follows:

Online
Mobile 

10. Tax

Current tax
Charge for current year 
Adjustment in respect  
of prior years
Current tax charge

Deferred tax
Charge for current year
Adjustment in respect  
of prior years
Deferred tax charge

Total income tax
Income tax charge

Year ended  
31 March 2017 
£000
-
-
-

Year ended 
31 March 2016 
£000
18,207
30,779
48,986

Year ended  
31 March 2017 
£000

Year ended 
31 March 2016 
£000

10,596
(892)

9,909
(860)

9,704

9,049

-
(196)

420
778

(196)

1,198

9,508

10,247

The income tax charge is based on the United Kingdom 
statutory rate of corporation tax for the year of 20% (2016: 
20%). The charge for the year is reconciled below to the profit 
before tax as set out in the consolidated income statement.

Profit before tax 
Tax at the UK corporation tax 
rate of 20% (2016: 20%) 
Tax effects of:
Losses in countries where the tax 
rate is different to the UK 
Disallowable expenses/ 
non-taxable income
Utilisation of tax losses not 
previously recognised 
Losses in companies where a 
deferred tax asset was not 
recognised 
Adjustments in respect  
of prior years
Tax impact of share-based 
payments
Revaluation of deferred tax asset 
due to change in tax rate
Disallowable loss on Collect+ 
arrangement
Disallowable impairments and 
profit on disposal
Actual amount of tax charge 

Year ended  
31 March 2017 
£000
69,141
13,828

Year ended 
31 March 2016 
£000
8,152
1,630

(213)

(228)

107

-

-

(1,088)

(10)

16

769

(52)

(38)

459

(43)

208

(25)

-

(3,901)

8,336

9,508

10,247

86     PayPoint plc  Annual Report 2017

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Profit before tax for purposes of calculating the effective 
tax rate is as follows:

12. Goodwill

Goodwill arose on the acquisition of PayPoint Romania.

The Group tests goodwill annually for impairment as set  
out in the accounting policy note on page 80.

The Group prepares cash flow forecasts derived from the 
most recent financial budgets approved by management for 
the next four years and extends cash flows to perpetuity. 
Terminal values are based on nominal growth rates that do 
not exceed 2% (2016: 3%). The post-tax rates used of 12.5% 
(2016: 12.5%) to discount the forecast cash flows are based 
on the Group’s estimated weighted average cost of capital, 
adjusted for tax, country or business specific risk premiums. 

Cost 
At 31 March 2015
Exchange rate adjustment 
At 31 March 2016

Exchange rate adjustment
At 31 March 2017

Total 
£000

7,694
374
8,068

168
8,236

Profit before tax
Impairments
Profit on disposal
Profit before tax for purposes 
of calculating the effective  
tax rate

Year ended  
31 March 2017 
£000
69,141
-
(15,660)
53,481

Year ended 
31 March 2016 
£000
8,152
48,986
(7,014)
50,124

11. Earnings/(loss) per share

Basic and diluted earnings per share are calculated on the 
following profit/(loss) and number of shares.

Year ended  
31 March 2017 
£000
59,622

Year ended 
31 March 2016 
£000
(2,111)

(18,508)

44,430

11
2,650

16
224

43,775

42,559

31 March 2017
Number 
of shares

31 March 2016 
Number  
of shares
68,118,438 68,080,179

190,484
59,725
373

-
147,156
-
68,369,020 68,227,335

Profit/(loss) for statutory 
basic and diluted earnings  
per share is the net profit/
(loss) attributable to equity 
holders of the parent
Adjustments:
-(Profit)/loss related to Mobile 
and Online (note 4)
-Non-controlling interest
-Loss related to Collect+  
(note 4)
Profit for the purpose of  
basic and diluted earnings  
per share (Retail networks)

Weighted average number of 
ordinary shares in issue (for 
statutory and Retail networks 
basic earnings per share) 
Potential dilutive  
ordinary shares:
Long-term incentive plan 
Deferred share bonus 
SIP and other
Weighted average number of 
ordinary shares in issue (for 
statutory and Retail networks 
diluted earnings per share)

PayPoint plc  Annual Report 2017     87

STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

13. Other intangible assets

14. Property, plant and equipment

Development
costs
£000

10,328
6,000
-
16,328

Acquired
contracts 
with 
merchants
£000

Total
£000

801
-
(801)

11,129
6,000
(801)
- 16,328

2,290
2,171
-
4,461

801
-
(801)
-

3,091
2,171
(801)
4,461

11,867
8,038

- 11,867
8,038
-

Acquired
systems
£000

Development
costs
£000

Acquired
contracts 
with 
merchants
£000

Total
£000

1,800
-
(1,800)

7,352
2,976
-
- 10,328

2,052
-
(1,251)

11,204
2,976
(3,051)
801 11,129

1,505
135
(1,640)
-

1,204
1,086
-
2,290

2,052
-
(1,251)
801

4,761
1,221
(2,891)
3,091

-
295

8,038
6,148

-
-

8,038
6,443

Cost 
At 31 March 2016
Additions
Disposals
At 31 March 2017

Accumulated  
amortisation 
At 31 March 2016
Charge for the year
Disposals
At 31 March 2017

Carrying amount
At 31 March 2017
At 31 March 2016

Cost
At 31 March 2015
Additions
Disposals
At 31 March 2016

Accumulated 
amortisation
At 31 March 2015
Charge for the year
Disposals
At 31 March 2016

Carrying amount 
At 31 March 2016
At 31 March 2015

The acquired systems were disposed of with the sale of 
the Online business. In the current year, the fully amortised 
contract with customers were derecognised as those 
contracts no longer exist. There are no other intangible 
assets remaining from acquisitions. At 31 March 2017, 
the Group had not entered into any material contractual 
commitments for other intangible assets.

Terminals  
and ATMs
£000 

Fixtures, 
fittings and 
equipment
£000

Land and 
buildings
£000

Total
£000

Cost
At 31 March 2016
Additions 
Disposals 
Exchange rate 
adjustment
At 31 March 2017 61,462

55,041
7,322
(1,116)
215

Accumulated 
depreciation 
At 31 March 2016
Charge for the year
Disposals 
Exchange rate 
adjustment
At 31 March 2017 45,726

41,840
4,406
(702)
182

3,949
87
(108)
54

6,412 65,402
3,978 11,387
(1,224)
269

-
-

3,982 10,390 75,834

1,471
583
(108)
42

639 43,950
313
5,302
-
(810)
-
224

1,988

952 48,666

Carrying amount
At 31 March 2017 15,736
13,201
At 31 March 2016

1,994
2,478

9,438
5,773

27,168
21,452

At 31 March 2017, the Group had entered into contractual 
commitments for the acquisition of terminals and ATMs 
amounting to £2.8 million (2016: £2.9 million).

Terminals  
and ATMs
£000 

Fixtures, 
fittings and 
equipment
£000

Land and 
buildings
£000

Total
£000

Cost 
At 31 March 2015
Additions 
Disposals 
Exchange rate 
adjustment
At 31 March 2016 55,041

50,951
4,595
(709)
204

Accumulated 
depreciation 
At 31 March 2015
Charge for the year
Disposals 
Exchange rate 
adjustment
At 31 March 2016 41,840

37,944
4,399
(684)
181

3,870
39
(15)
55

6,412 61,233
4,634
(724)
259

-
-
-

3,949

6,412 65,402

1,233
211
(15)
42

551
88
-
-

39,728
4,698
(699)
223

1,471

639 43,950

Carrying amount
At 31 March 2016
At 31 March 2015

13,201
13,007

2,478
2,637

5,773
5,861

21,452
21,505

88     PayPoint plc  Annual Report 2017

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
15. Investment in joint arrangements

16. Investments 

The Company, a holding company, has investments (directly 
or indirectly) in the following undertakings which are wholly 
owned unless otherwise stated:

Company name
PayPoint 
Network 
Limited 

PayPoint 
Collections  
Limited

PayPoint Retail 
Solutions 
Limited

PayPoint Ireland 
Limited
PayPoint 
Network Ireland 
Limited
PayPoint 
Collections 
Ireland Limited
PayPoint 
Services SRL 

Metacharge 
(Australia) Pty 
Limited 

PaybyPhone 
(Australia) Pty 
Limited

PayPoint 
Payment 
Services 
Limited

Collect+ 
Holdings 
Limited1
Collect+ Brand 
Limited 1

PayPoint Trust 
Managers 
Limited

Principal activity (registered address)
Management of an electronic 
payment service 
(1 The Boulevard, Shire Park, 
Welwyn Garden City, 
Hertfordshire, AL7 1EL)
Provision of a payment 
collection service 
(1 The Boulevard, Shire Park, 
Welwyn Garden City, 
Hertfordshire, AL7 1EL) 
Provision of retail services 
(1 The Boulevard, Shire Park, 
Welwyn Garden City, 
Hertfordshire, AL7 1EL) 
Holding company 
(29 Earlsfort Terrace Dublin 2)
Management of an electronic 
payment service 
(29 Earlsfort Terrace Dublin 2)
Provision of a payment 
collection service 
(29 Earlsfort Terrace Dublin 2)
Management of an electronic 
payment and collection service 
(Charles de Gaulle Square, 15 
floor 8, sector 1, Bucharest, 
Romania)
Provision of an online payment 
service 
(Level 12, 60 Carrington Street, 
Sydney NSW 2000)
Provision of an online payment 
service 
(Level 12, 60 Carrington Street, 
Sydney NSW 2000)
Provision of regulated  
payments services 
(1 The Boulevard, Shire Park, 
Welwyn Garden City, 
Hertfordshire, AL7 1EL)
Holding company 
(20-22 Wenlock Road, London 
N1 7GU)
Holder of Collect+ brand 
(20-22 Wenlock Road,  
London N1 7GU)
Provision of employee benefit 
trust services 
(1 The Boulevard, Shire Park, 
Welwyn Garden City, 
Hertfordshire, AL7 1EL)

Country of 
registration
England and 
Wales

England and 
Wales

England and 
Wales

Ireland

Ireland

Ireland

Romania

Australia

Australia

England and 
Wales

England and 
Wales

England and 
Wales

England and 
Wales

1.  The Group holds a 50% interest in Collect+ Holdings Limited. The Group has licensed the 

Collect+ brand from Collect+ Limited but no royalty charges have been paid or are payable.

Joint Venture
On 15 December 2016, PayPoint entered into an 
arrangement with Yodel Delivery Network Limited (Yodel) 
regarding its investment in Drop and Collect Limited. 
The arrangement included the formation of the Collect+ 
Group consisting of Collect+ Holdings Limited, held 50:50 
by PayPoint and Yodel, and its wholly owned subsidiary 
Collect+ Brand Limited. Yodel and PayPoint sold their 
respective investments in Drop and Collect Limited 
to Collect+ Holdings Limited. The Collect+ brand was 
transferred from Drop and Collect Limited to Collect+ 
Brand Limited. Drop and Collect Limited was then sold to 
Yodel. This resulted in PayPoint retaining its 50% share 
in the Collect+ brand but disposing of its share in the 
remaining operations and assets of Drop and Collect 
Limited. The result of the Group’s share of Drop and  
Collect Limited up to the date of disposal is as follows:

Revenues
Result for year

Opening balance
Result for the year
Carrying value derecognised  
at the date of sale
Closing balance

Year ended  
31 March 2017 
£000
21,393
1,193

Year ended 
31 March 2016
£000
24,794
(224)

31 March 2017 
£000
1,629
1,193
(2,822)

31 March 2016
£000
1,853
(224)
-

-

1,629

The loss recognised relating to the sale of Drop and Collect 
Limited was as follows:

Net carrying value of Drop and  
Collect Limited prior to disposal
Disposal costs
Loss on disposal
Gross cash inflow arising on disposal
Less disposal costs paid
Net cash outflow from Collect+  
arrangement

Year ended  
31 March 2017 
£000
2,822

1,021
3,843
-
(271)
(271)

Joint operation
The new joint operation, the Collect+ Group, has licensed 
the use of the Collect+ brand to both Drop and Collect 
Limited (now a wholly owned subsidiary of Yodel) and 
PayPoint. In consideration, PayPoint and Drop and Collect 
Limited will pay royalties to the joint operation for each 
parcel they introduce to the Collect+ network. The royalties 
in the arrangement will then be distributed equally to Yodel 
and PayPoint on a regular basis.

The only source of revenue for the Collect+ Group is the 
royalty income received from licencing the brand to Drop 
and Collect Limited. The Group’s share of £0.3 million has 
been included in revenue and there were no operating costs 
incurred by the arrangement. 

PayPoint plc  Annual Report 2017     89

STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSNotes to the consolidated financial statements continued

Movement in investments held by the Company are detailed 
below:

Cost
Balance at the beginning  
of the year
Additions
Disposals
Balance at the end of the year

Accumulated impairments
Balance at the beginning  
of the year
Recognised during the year
Disposals
Balance at the end of the year

31 March 2017 
£000

31 March 2016 
£000

108,800

127,512

840
(49,491)
60,149

2,943
(21,655)
108,800

47,057

-

-
(47,057)
-

68,712
(21,655)
47,057

Net book value

60,149

61,743

17. Deferred tax asset/(liability)

Property, plant and 
equipment
Intangible assets
Share-based 
payments
Short-term 
temporary 
differences
Total

31 March 
2016
£000
708

Charge to 
income 
statement
£000
28

Credit/ 
(debit) to 
equity
£000
-

31 March 
2017
£000
736

(936)
161

3
206

-
225

(933)
592

-

(41)

-

(41)

(67)

196

225

354

Property, plant and 
equipment
Intangible assets
Share-based payments
Short-term temporary 
differences
Total

31 March 
2015
£000
1,564

(680)
235
12

Charge to 
income 
statement
£000
(856)

31 March 
2016
£000
708

(256)
(74)
(12)

(936)
161
-

1,131

(1,198)

(67)

In the current year, the main rate of UK corporation tax 
was 20% (2016: 20%). Reductions in the main rate of UK 
corporation tax from 20% to 19% for the year beginning  
1 April 2017 and from 19% to 17% for the year beginning  
1 April 2020 have been substantively enacted at the 
balance sheet date. Temporary differences have been 
measured using the enacted tax rates that are expected  
to apply when the liability is settled or the asset realised.

18. Trade and other receivables

Group
Trade receivables1
Items in the course of collection2
Revenue allowance2

Other receivables 
Prepayments and accrued income 

31 March 2017 
£000
14,743
78,340
(3,640)
89,443
1,161
8,167
98,771

31 March 2016
£000
18,645
83,252
(2,803)
99,094
1,071
9,082
109,247

1 
2 

 The average credit period on the sale of goods is 25 days (2016: 33 days).
Items in the course of collection represent amounts collected for clients by retail agents. 
PayPoint bears credit risk and will have title to the cash collected on only £13.5 million of 
this balance at 31 March 2017 (2016: £17.8 million). Credit risk is mitigated by daily direct 
debiting and the suspension of terminals where direct debits fail. At the date of this report, 
all but £47,300 has been collected from retailers.

The Group’s exposure to the credit risk inherent in its trade 
receivables is discussed in note 26. The concentration of 
credit risk is limited due to the spread of the retail agent 
and client bases. Clients and retailers are credit checked 
to mitigate credit risk and in all new client contracts, the 
Group have the right of set-off of funds collected against 
monies due.

The historical level of customer default is low, and as a 
result the credit quality of period end trade receivables is 
considered to be high. The Group reviews trade receivables 
past due but not impaired on a regular basis and in 
determining the recoverability of the trade receivables, 
the Group considers any change in the credit quality of the 
trade receivables from the date credit was initially granted 
up to the reporting date.

Included in the Group’s trade receivable balance are debtors 
with a carrying amount of £4.4 million, (2016: £1.9 million), 
which are past due, for which the Group has not provided as 
there has not been a significant change in credit quality and 
the Group believes that the amounts are still recoverable. 
The aging of the trade receivables past due is as follows:

At the balance sheet date, the Group had no unused tax 
losses (2016: £10.4 million). Prior year losses were held by 
companies within the mobile payments business which were 
sold during the year (note 9).

No deferred tax liability has been recognised in respect 
of temporary differences associated with investments in 
subsidiaries because the Group is in a position to control 
the timing of the reversal of the temporary differences 
and it is probable that such differences will not reverse in 
the foreseeable future. The aggregate amount of these 
differences is not material at the balance sheet date.

Carrying value 
at 31 March 
2017
Carrying value 
at 31 March 
2016

Less than 1 
month 
£000
3,938

1-2 
months 
£000
314

2-3 
months 
£000
15

More  
than 3 
months 
Total
£000
£000
86 4,353

1,055

218

95

500 1,868

90     PayPoint plc  Annual Report 2017

 
 
Movement in the revenue allowance:

21. Trade and other payables

Balance at the beginning  
of the year
Amounts utilised in the year
Increase in allowance 
Foreign exchange adjustment
Balance at end of the year

Age of revenue allowance:

31 March 2017 
£000
2,803

31 March 2016
£000
2,795

(78)
858
57
3,640

(116)
124
-
2,803

Less than 1 
month 
£000

1-2 
months 
£000

2-3 
months 
£000

30

53

72

More  
than 3 
months 
£000
3,485

Total
£000
3,640

28

2

50

922

954

Carrying value 
at 31 March 
2017
Carrying value 
at 31 March 
2016

Company
Amounts owed by  
Group companies
Other receivables 
Prepayments and accrued income 

31 March 2017 
£000
21,949

31 March 2016
£000
41,164

83
-
22,032

15
2
41,181

19. Operating lease receivables

Amounts receivable under 
operating leases:
Within one year 
Within two to five years 

31 March 2017 
£000

31 March 2016
£000

56
33
89

122
89
211

In prior years the Group entered into operating leases 
with its retail agents for the supply of ATMs. The average 
term of each lease entered into is five years. Most of these 
operating leases are nearing the end of their contracts.

20. Cash and cash equivalents

The Group operates cash pooling amongst its various bank 
accounts in the UK and therefore individual accounts can be 
overdrawn without penalties being incurred so long as the 
overall position is in credit. 

Included within Group cash and cash equivalents are balances 
relating to funds collected on behalf of clients where PayPoint 
has title to the funds (client cash). An equivalent balance is 
included within trade payables (note 21). 

Group

Amounts owed in respect of 
client cash1
Settlement payables2
Client payables 
Trade payables3
Other taxes and social security
Other payables 
Accruals 
Deferred income 

Current
Non-current
Total

31 March 2017
£000
20,204

31 March 2016
£000
21,539

78,340
98,544
6,019
2,406
2,047
12,383
741
122,140

121,603
537
122,140

83,252
104,791
22,920
1,540
1,867
8,058
919
140,095

140,095
-
140,095

1  Relates to monies collected on behalf of clients where the Group has title to the funds 

(client cash). An equivalent balance is included within cash and cash equivalents.

2  Payable in respect of amounts collected for clients by retail agents.
3  The Group aims to pay its creditors promptly, in accordance with terms agreed for 

payment. The Group had 22 days purchases outstanding at 31 March 2017 (2016: 27 
days) based on the average daily amount invoiced by suppliers during the year.

Company

Amounts owned by  
Group companies
Other payables 
Accruals 

Disclosed as
Current
Non-current

31 March 2017
£000
4,181

31 March 2016
£000
25,901

468
1,962
6,611

6,611
-
6,611

82
347
26,330

429
25,901
26,330

22. Financial commitments

Operating lease commitments for land and buildings are  
as follows:

Amounts payable under 
operating leases:
Within one year 
Within two to five years 
After five years

31 March 2017
£000

31 March 2016
£000

316
924
404
1,644

439
826
-
1,265

The increase in the current year is a result of a new seven 
year lease of office space in Romania.

PayPoint plc  Annual Report 2017     91

STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSNotes to the consolidated financial statements continued

23.  Share-based payments and equity

LTIP and DSB equity settled share scheme
The Group’s share schemes are described in the 
Remuneration Committee report on pages 46 to 63.  
The vesting period for all awards is three years, and they  
are forfeited if the employee leaves the Group before 
shares vest. The amount charged to the income statement 
in the year was £1.4 million (2016: £1.7 million).

Details of the share awards outstanding during the year  
are as follows:

Outstanding at  
the beginning of the year 
Granted 
Lapsed
Forfeited
Exercised 
Outstanding at end of the year

Number
of shares
2017
865,131

Number
of shares
2016
992,732

258,386
(221,978)
(170,688)
(61,023)
669,828

269,851
(397,452)
-
-
865,131

Awards granted

Number of 
shares 
2 June 2014 276,720
LTIP
2 June 2014
82,643
DSB
1 June 2015 269,851
LTIP
247,645
2 June 2016
LTIP
Restricted 3 January 2017

Vesting date 
2 June 2017
2 June 2017
1 June 2018
2 June 2019
10,741 3 January 2019 and 
3 January 2020

All options granted are for free shares and therefore the 
weighted average exercise price for all outstanding options 
is £nil.

The long term incentive plan tranche did not vest in June 
2016. Under IFRS 2, the fair value charges of £1.1 million 
relating to this tranche, which had been previously charged 
to the income statement, have been reclassified to retained 
earnings. The deferred share bonus fully vested in June 
2016 and accordingly the fair value charge of £0.2 million 
was also reclassified to retained earnings.

The inputs into the Black Scholes model for the DSB and 
Monte Carlo model for LTIP and DSB awards during the year 
are as follows:

Weighted average  
share price (£)
Expected volatility1
Expected life
Risk-free rate
Expected dividend yield

2017
LTIP 
5.91

27%
3 years
0.4%
4.25%

2016
LTIP
5.75

28%
3 years
0.7%
3.75%

2016
DSB 
5.99

28%
3 years
0.8%
3.79%

1.  The expected volatility for PayPoint has been calculated using historical daily data over a 

term equal to the expected life of each conditional award.

92     PayPoint plc  Annual Report 2017

Share incentive plan
The employee Share Incentive Plan is open to all employees 
of PayPoint Network, PayPoint Collections, PayPoint 
Retail Solutions and provides for a purchase price equal to 
the market price on the date of purchase. The shares are 
purchased each month (or employees can opt to purchase 
12 months at the start of each year) and are placed in 
the employee share savings plan for a three year period. 
For each share purchased by the employee the Company 
issues a free matching share which will vest subject to the 
employee remaining employed with the Group for three 
years from the date each share was purchased by the 
employee. The amount charged to the income statement  
in the year was £0.2 million.

Authorised share capital 
4,365,352,200 ordinary shares  
of 1/3p each (2016: 
4,365,352,200 ordinary shares  
of 1/3p each) 

Called up, allotted and fully 
paid share capital
68,133,611 ordinary 
shares of 1/3p each (2016: 
68,087,481 ordinary shares  
of 1/3p each)

31 March 2017
£000

31 March 2016
£000

14,551

14,551

14,551

14,551

227

227

227

227

24.  Dividends on equity shares

Equity dividends on ordinary 
shares: 
Interim ordinary dividend paid of 
15.0p (2016: 14.2p) per share
Proposed final ordinary dividend 
of 30.0p (2016: 28.2p) per share
Interim additional dividend paid 
12.2p per share
Additional final dividend 24.5p 
per share
Disposal dividends 38.9p (2016: 
21.0p) per share
Total dividends paid and 
recommended

Amounts distributed to equity 
holders in the year: 
Final dividend ordinary for the 
prior year
Interim ordinary dividend for the 
current year
Interim additional dividend for 
the current year 
Disposal dividends

Year ended 
31 March 2017
£000
10,218

Year ended 
31 March 2016
£000
9,667

20,436

19,199

8,333

16,667

-

-

26,493

14,300

82,147

43,166

19,199

17,769

10,218

9,667

8,333

-

40,793
78,543

-
27,436

The proposed final ordinary dividend is subject to approval 
by shareholders at the annual general meeting and has not 
been included as a liability in these financial statements.

 
 
25.  Pension arrangements

The Group administers a non-contributory defined 
contribution scheme for executive directors and employees. 
The amount charged in the consolidated income statement 
for the year for pension costs of the Group under the 
scheme was £1.3 million (2016: £1.1 million). There is no 
accrual for pension contributions at the balance sheet date 
(2016: £nil).

26.  Derivatives and other financial instruments

The Group’s financial instruments comprise cash and 
various items such as trade receivables, trade payables, 
other payables, bank loans and accruals, which arise directly 
from the Group’s operations. The Group’s policy is not to 
undertake speculative trading in financial instruments.

The main risks arising from the Group’s financial instruments 
are interest rate, liquidity risk and foreign exchange. The 
directors review and agree policies for managing each of 
these risks which are summarised below. These policies 
have remained unchanged during the year. The Group has 
not used derivative instruments to manage its foreign 
exchange exposure.

(a) Interest rate risk
The Group had no interest bearing financial assets at 
31 March 2017 other than the cash and cash equivalents  
of £53.1 million (2016: £83.2 million).

All funds earn interest at the prevailing rate. The funds 
are deposited on short-term deposits (normally weekly 
or monthly) or held in current accounts in cash. The 
Group seeks to maximise interest receipts within these 
parameters.

(b) Liquidity risk
The Group’s policy throughout the year ended 31 March 
2017 regarding liquidity has been to maximise the return on 
funds placed on deposit whilst minimising the associated 
risk.

The Group had no financial liabilities at 31 March 2017 
other than short-term payables such as trade payables and 
accruals.

(c) Foreign exchange risk
To date, the Group has not engaged in an active programme 
of foreign exchange risk management. Given the size and 
nature of the Group’s non-sterling denominated balances, 
the directors do not consider hedging necessary. 

The Group’s currency exposures comprise those 
transactional exposures that give rise to the net currency 
gains and losses recognised in the income statement. Such 
exposures comprise the monetary assets and monetary 
liabilities of the Group that are not denominated in the 
operating (or functional) currency of the operating unit 
involved. At 31 March 2017, these exposures were £nil 
(2016: £nil).

(d) Borrowing facilities
At the period end, the Group had an undrawn, unsecured 
£45 million revolving loan facility expiring in May 2019.

(e) Fair value of financial assets and liabilities
The directors consider there to be no material difference 
between the book value and the fair value of the Group’s 
financial instruments at 31 March 2017, or 31 March 2016.

(f) Market price risk
The Group’s exposure to market price risk comprises interest 
rate exposure. Group funds are invested in money market 
cash deposits with the objective of maintaining a balance 
between accessibility of funds and competitive rates of 
return. In practice, this has meant that no deposits were 
made with a maturity greater than 30 days during the year.

(g) Capital risk management
The Group’s objectives when managing capital (the 
definition of which is consistent with prior year and is 
the Group’s assets and liabilities including cash) are to 
safeguard the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern 
in order to provide returns for shareholders and benefits 
for other stakeholders. The Group manages its capital by 
continued focus on free cash flow generation and managing 
the level of capital investment in the business.

(h) Credit risk
The Group’s financial assets are cash, trade and other 
receivables and investments. The Group’s credit risk is 
primarily attributable to its trade receivables and retailer 
debt to the extent that PayPoint bears the credit risk. 
Clients and retailers are credit checked to mitigate credit 
risk and in all new client contracts, we have the right of 
set-off of funds collected against monies due. The Group’s 
maximum exposure, at 31 March 2017, was £38.5 million 
(2016: £37.5 million).

(i) Financial instrument sensitivities
Financial instruments affected by market risk include 
deposits, trade receivables and trade payables. Any 
changes in market variables (exchange rates and interest 
rates) will have an immaterial effect on these instruments.

27.  Related party transactions

Remuneration of the directors, who are the key 
management of the Group, was as follows during the year:

Short term benefits and bonus1
Pension costs2
Long term incentives3
Other4
Total

Year ended 
31 March 2017
£000
2,162
235
445
29
2,871

Year ended 
31 March 2016
£000
1,570
219
353
9
2,151

Includes salary, fees, benefits in kind and annual bonus. 

1 
2  Defined contribution pension scheme, of which two current directors are members.
3  Long term incentives: includes the value of 2014 DSB award expected to vest after the 

period end (2017: 2014 DSB and LTIP awards).

4  SIP Matching and Dividend Shares awarded in the year.
The remuneration of directors and key executives is 
determined by the Remuneration Committee having regard 
to the performance of individuals and market trends. The 
directors’ remuneration is disclosed in the Remuneration 
Committee Report on pages 46 to 63. 

Amounts received from Drop and Collect Limited during 
the year totalled £17.8 million (2016: £13.3 million) and 
PayPoint held a trade debtor at year end for Drop and 
Collect Limited of £0.6 million (2016: £0.5 million).

PayPoint plc  Annual Report 2017     93

STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSNotes to the consolidated financial statements continued

28. Notes to the statement of cash flows

Group
Profit before tax
Adjustments for: 
Depreciation of property, plant and equipment
Amortisation of intangible assets
Share of joint venture result
Research and development credit
Impairments
Profit on disposal of businesses
Loss on disposal of fixed assets
Net interest income
Share-based payment charge 
Operating cash flows before movements in working capital
Movement in inventories
Movement in receivables
Movement in payables
– client cash 
– other payables 
Cash generated by operations 
Corporation tax paid 
Bank charges paid
Net cash from operating activities

Year ended 
31 March 2017
£000
69,141

Year ended 
31 March 2016
£000
8,152

5,302
2,171
(1,193)
(171)
-
(15,660)
414
(12)
1,552
61,544
196
(338)

(11,641)
1,219
50,980
(8,643)
(120)
42,217

4,698
1,086
224
(522)
48,986
(7,014)
25
(20)
1,442
57,057
193
(1,500)

17,762
(4,516)
68,996
(9,877)
(105)
59,014

Movements in items in the course of collection (see note 18) and settlement payables (see note 21) have not been included 
in this reconciliation as the directors do not consider them to be operating working capital balances.

Company
Profit before tax
Adjustments for: 
Impairments
Profit on sale of investments
Dividends from subsidiaries
Net interest income
Share-based payment charge 
Operating cash movement before movements in working capital
Movement in receivables 
Movement in payables
Cash movement from operations 
Corporation tax paid 
Interest and bank charges paid 
Net cash movement from operating activities 

Year ended 
31 March 2017
£000
65,449

Year ended 
31 March 2016
£000
52,517

-
(20,440)
(46,010)
187
1,552
738
19,654
(22,766)
(2,374)
-
-
(2,374)

68,712
(12,300)
(110,000)
(1,626)
1,442
(1,255)
82,167
(50,452)
30,460
-
-
30,460

94     PayPoint plc  Annual Report 2017

 
 
Notice of annual general meeting

This notice of meeting is important and requires your 
immediate attention

If you are in any doubt as to any aspect of the proposals referred to in this notice of meeting or as to the action you 
should take, you should seek your own advice from a stockbroker, bank manager, solicitor, tax adviser, accountant or other 
independent professional adviser. 

If you have recently sold or otherwise transferred all of your ordinary shares in PayPoint plc, please pass this notice of 
meeting together with the accompanying documents to the purchaser or transferee, or to the person who arranged the 
sale or transfer, so that they can pass these documents to the person who now holds the shares as soon as possible.

PayPoint plc

Notice of annual general meeting

Notice is hereby given that the 2017 annual general meeting of PayPoint plc (the Company) will be held at the offices of 
Canaccord Genuity, 88 Wood Street, EC2V 7QR, on Wednesday 26 July at 12.00 noon. You will be asked to consider and 
pass the resolutions below. Resolutions 15, 16 and 17 will be proposed as special resolutions. All other resolutions will be 
proposed as ordinary resolutions.

Ordinary business
1 

 To receive the annual report and accounts for the financial year ended 31 March 2017.

2. 

3. 

 To approve the directors’ remuneration report (excluding the directors’ remuneration policy on pages 48 to 57),  
as set out in the Company’s annual report and accounts for the financial year ended 31 March 2017. 

 To approve the directors’ remuneration policy, as set out on pages 48 to 57 of the directors’ remuneration report, 
which takes effect immediately after the end of the annual general meeting. 

4.  To declare a final dividend of 30.0 pence per ordinary share of the Company for the year ended 31 March 2017.

5.  To re-elect Ms Gill Barr as a director.

6.  To re-elect Mr Giles Kerr as a director.

7.  To re-elect Mr Dominic Taylor as a director. 

8.  To re-elect Mr Tim Watkin-Rees as a director. 

9.  To re-elect Mr Nick Wiles as a director.

10.  To elect Ms Rachel Kentleton as a director who, having been appointed since the last annual general meeting  

of the Company, offers herself for election in accordance with the Company’s articles of association.

11.  To elect Mr Rakesh Sharma as a director who, having been appointed since the last annual general meeting of the 

Company, offers himself for election in accordance with the Company’s articles of association.

12.  To re-appoint Deloitte LLP as auditor of the Company until the conclusion of the next annual general meeting  

of the Company at which the accounts are laid. 

13.  To authorise the directors to determine the auditor’s remuneration. 

PayPoint plc  Annual Report 2017     95

STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSNotice of annual general meeting continued

Special business
14.  That the directors are authorised in accordance with section 551 of the Companies Act 2006 (the Act), to exercise all the 
powers of the Company to allot shares in the Company or grant rights to subscribe for, or convert any security into, shares 
in the Company up to an aggregate nominal amount of £75,706 provided that this authority shall expire on the conclusion 
of the annual general meeting of the Company to be held in 2018 or, on a date which is 15 months from the date of this 
resolution, whichever is earlier, save that the Company shall be entitled to make offers or agreements before the expiry of 
such authority which would or might require shares to be allotted or rights to be granted after such expiry and the directors 
shall be entitled to allot shares or grant rights pursuant to any such offer or agreement as if this authority had not expired; 
and all unexercised authorities previously granted to the directors under section 551 of the Act are revoked (save to the 
extent that the same are exercisable pursuant to section 551(7) of the Act by reason of any offer or agreement made prior  
to the date of this resolution which would or might require shares to be allotted or rights to be granted on or after that date).

15.  That the directors are empowered in accordance with sections 570 and 573 of the Act to allot equity securities (as defined in 
section 560 of the Act) for cash (under the authority conferred by resolution 14 above) or by way of a sale of treasury shares 
as if section 561(1) of the Act did not apply to any such allotment, provided that this power shall be limited to:

(a)   the allotment of equity securities in connection with a rights issue, open offer or other offer of securities to or in 

favour of (i) the holders of ordinary shares on the register of members at such record date(s) as the directors may 
determine where the equity securities respectively attributable to the interests of the ordinary shareholders are 
proportionate (as nearly as may be) to the respective numbers of ordinary shares held by them on any such record 
date(s), and (ii) the holders of other equity securities if this is required by the rights of those securities or, if the 
directors consider it necessary, as permitted by the rights of those securities and subject to such exclusions or 
other arrangements as the directors may deem necessary or expedient to deal with fractional entitlements or legal 
or practical problems arising under the laws of any overseas territory or the requirements of any regulatory body or 
stock exchange or by virtue of shares being represented by depositary receipts or any other matter whatever; and

(b)   the allotment (otherwise than under sub-paragraph (a) above) to any person or persons of equity securities up to  

an aggregate nominal amount of £11,356.

 and shall expire upon the expiry of the general authority conferred by resolution 14 above, save that the Company 
shall be entitled to make offers or agreements before the expiry of such power which would or might require equity 
securities to be allotted after such expiry and the directors shall be entitled to allot equity securities pursuant to any 
such offer or agreement as if the power conferred hereby had not expired.

16.  That subject to, and in accordance with the Company’s articles of association and pursuant to section 701 of the Act, 
the Company is authorised to make market purchases (within the meaning of section 693(4) of the Act) of ordinary 
shares of ⅓ of one penny of the Company (ordinary shares) provided that:

(a)   the maximum number of ordinary shares that may be purchased under this authority is 6,813,525;

(b)   the minimum price (exclusive of expenses) which may be paid for an ordinary share is the nominal value of such 

share; 

(c)   the maximum price (exclusive of expenses) which may be paid for an ordinary share shall not be more than the higher 
of: (i) 105 percent of the average of the middle market quotations for an ordinary share taken from and calculated by 
reference to the London Stock Exchange Daily Official List for the five business days immediately preceding the day 
on which the ordinary share is purchased; and (ii) the higher of the price of the last independent trade and the highest 
current independent bid for an ordinary share in the Company on the trading venue where the purchase is carried out;

(d)   this authority shall expire on the conclusion of the annual general meeting of the Company to be held in 2018 or on  

a date which is 15 months from the date of this resolution, whichever is earlier; and

(e)   the Company may make any purchase of its ordinary shares under a contract concluded before this authority 

expires and which will or may be executed wholly or partly after the expiry of such authority.

 All shares purchased shall either: (i) be cancelled immediately on completion of the purchase; or (ii) be held, sold, 
transferred or otherwise dealt with as treasury shares in accordance with the provisions of the Act.

17.  That any general meeting of the Company that is not an annual general meeting may be called on not less than 14 clear 

days’ notice.

By Order Of The Board

Susan Court
Company Secretary
25 May 2017

Registered Office:  
1 The Boulevard 
Shire Park 
Welwyn Garden City 
Hertfordshire 
AL7 1EL

96     PayPoint plc  Annual Report 2017

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the notice of annual general meeting

1. 

2. 

3. 

4. 

5. 

6. 

7. 

 A form of proxy accompanies this notice for use by shareholders. To be valid, a proxy must be received by the 
Company’s registrar, Capita Asset Services, PXS 1, 34 Beckenham Road, Beckenham, Kent BR3 4ZF not less than 48 
hours before the time of the annual general meeting. Completion and return of a form of proxy does not preclude a 
shareholder from attending the annual general meeting and voting in person.

 A member entitled to attend, speak and vote at the annual general meeting may appoint a proxy (who need not be 
a member of the Company) to exercise all or any of his or her rights to attend and to speak and vote on his or her 
behalf. A member may appoint more than one proxy in relation to a meeting provided that each proxy is appointed to 
exercise the rights attached to a different share or shares held by him or her. To appoint more than one proxy you may 
photocopy the proxy form. Please indicate the proxy holder’s name and the number of shares in relation to which they 
are authorised to act as your proxy (which, in aggregate, should not exceed the number of shares held by you). Please 
also indicate if the proxy instruction is one of multiple instructions being given. All forms must be signed and should 
be returned together in the same envelope. In order to be valid, an appointment of proxy must be returned by one 
of the following methods: in hard copy form by post, by courier or by hand to the Company’s registrar, Capita Asset 
Services, PXS 1, 34 Beckenham Road, Beckenham, Kent BR3 4ZF; or – in the case of CREST members, by utilising the 
CREST electronic proxy appointment service in accordance with the procedures set out below, and in each case must 
be received by the Company not less than 48 hours before the time of the meeting. You must inform the Company’s 
registrar in writing of any termination of the authorities of a proxy. 

 Any person to whom this notice is sent who is a person nominated under section 146 of the Companies Act 2006 to 
enjoy information rights (a Nominated Person) may, under an agreement between him/her and the shareholder by whom 
he/she was nominated, have a right to be appointed (or to have someone else appointed) as a proxy for the annual 
general meeting. If a Nominated Person has no such proxy appointment right or does not wish to exercise it, he/she 
may, under any such agreement, have a right to give instructions to the shareholder as to the exercise of voting rights.

 The statement of the rights of shareholders to appoint a proxy in paragraphs one and two above does not apply to 
Nominated Persons. The rights described in these paragraphs can only be exercised by shareholders of the Company. 
Nominated Persons are reminded that they should contact the registered holder of their shares (and not the Company) 
on matters relating to their investments in the Company. 

 CREST members who wish to appoint a proxy or proxies through the CREST electronic proxy appointment service 
may do so for the annual general meeting and any adjournment thereof by using the procedures described in the 
CREST manual. CREST personal members or other CREST sponsored members, and those CREST members who have 
appointed a voting service provider(s) should refer to their CREST sponsor or voting service provider(s), who will be 
able to take the appropriate action on their behalf. In order for a proxy appointment, or instruction, made by means of 
CREST to be valid, the appropriate CREST message (a CREST proxy instruction) must be properly authenticated in 
accordance with Euroclear UK & Ireland Limited’s (EUI) specifications and must contain the information required for 
such instructions, as described in the CREST manual. The message, regardless of whether it relates to the appointment 
of a proxy or to an amendment to the instruction given to a previously appointed proxy must, in order to be valid, be 
transmitted so as to be received by the issuer’s agent (ID RA10) by the latest time(s) for receipt of proxy appointments 
specified in the notice of annual general meeting. For this purpose, the time of receipt will be taken to be the time (as 
determined by the timestamp applied to the message by the CREST applications host) from which the issuer’s agent 
is able to retrieve the message by enquiry to CREST in the manner prescribed by CREST. The Company may treat as 
invalid a CREST proxy instruction in the circumstances set out in Regulation 35(5) of the Uncertificated Securities 
Regulations 2001. CREST members and, where applicable, their CREST sponsors or voting service providers should 
note that EUI does not make available special procedures in CREST for any particular messages. Normal system timings 
and limitations will therefore apply in relation to the input of CREST proxy instructions. It is therefore the responsibility 
of the CREST member concerned to take (or, if the CREST member is a CREST personal member or sponsored member 
or has appointed a voting service provider(s), to procure that his CREST sponsor or voting service provider(s) take(s)) 
such action as shall be necessary to ensure that a message is transmitted by means of the CREST system by any 
particular time. In this connection, CREST members and, where applicable, their CREST sponsors or voting service 
providers are referred, in particular, to those sections of the CREST manual concerning practical limitations of the 
CREST system and timings.

 Any corporation which is a member can appoint one or more corporate representatives who may exercise on its behalf 
all of its powers as a member provided that they do not do so in relation to the same shares.

 To be entitled to attend and vote at the annual general meeting or any adjournment thereof (and also for the purpose of 
calculating how many votes a person may cast), a person must have his/her name entered on the register of members 
of the Company by close of business on 24 July 2017 (or by close of business on the date being two days before any 
adjourned meeting). Changes to entries on the register of members after this time shall be disregarded in determining 
the rights of any person to attend or vote at the meeting. 

8. 

 Biographical details of the directors of the Company are shown on page 29 of the 2017 annual report.

PayPoint plc  Annual Report 2017     97

STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
Notes to the notice of annual general meeting continued

9. 

 Each member attending the meeting has the right to ask questions relating to the business being dealt with at  
the meeting which, in accordance with section 319A of the Companies Act 2006 and subject to some exceptions,  
the Company must cause such questions to be answered. However no such answer need be given if: 

(a)  to do so would interfere unduly with the preparation for the meeting or involve the disclosure of confidential information; 

(b)  the answer has already been given on a website in the form of an answer to a question; or 

(c)  it is undesirable in the interests of the Company or the good order of the meeting that the question be answered.

10.  Information relating to the meeting which the Company is required by section 311A of the Companies Act 2006 to 
publish on a website in advance of the meeting may be viewed at www.paypoint.com. A member may not use any 
electronic address provided by the Company in this document or with any proxy appointment form or in any website  
for communicating with the Company for any purpose in relation to the meeting other than as expressly stated in it.

11.  It is possible that, pursuant to members’ requests made in accordance with section 527 of the Companies Act 2006, 
the Company will be required to publish on a website a statement in accordance with section 528 of that Act setting 
out any matter that the members concerned propose to raise at the meeting relating to: (i) the audit of the Company’s 
accounts (including the auditor’s report and the conduct of the audit) that are to be laid before the annual general 
meeting; or (ii) any circumstances connected with an auditor of the Company ceasing to hold office since the previous 
meeting at which annual accounts and reports were laid. The Company cannot require the members concerned to pay 
its expenses in complying with those sections. The Company must forward any such statement to its auditor by the 
time it makes the statement available on the website. The business which may be dealt with at the meeting includes  
any such statement.

12.  The issued share capital of the Company as at 25 May 2017 was 68,135,252 ordinary shares of ⅓ pence each, carrying 

one vote each. The Company holds no treasury shares or unallocated shares for the purpose of employee share 
schemes, therefore, the total number of voting rights in the Company on 25 May 2017 is 68,135,252.

13.  The directors’ service agreements and letters of appointment are available for inspection at the registered office of the 
Company during normal business hours on any weekday and will be available at the place of the annual general meeting 
from 15 minutes before the meeting until it ends. 

Recommendation and voting intentions
With respect to resolutions 5 to 11 (inclusive), the Chairman confirms that, based on the performance evaluation 
undertaken during the period, each of the retiring director’s performance continues to be effective and to demonstrate 
commitment to the role. The board has considered this and recommends that each director who wishes to serve again  
be proposed for re-election. This opinion is based on an assessment of each director’s relevant knowledge and experience 
and the conclusion that, in each case, their informed opinions are of significant value and contribute greatly to board 
discussions. The directors’ biographies can be found on page 29 of the 2017 annual report.

The directors consider that all the resolutions to be put to the meeting are in the best interests of the Company and its 
shareholders as a whole and most likely to promote the success of the Company for the benefit of those shareholders. Those 
directors who are shareholders will be voting in favour of the resolutions and unanimously recommend that you do so as well.

Explanatory notes to certain of the resolutions to be  
proposed at the annual general meeting

Resolution 2: Directors’ remuneration report
Shareholders are asked to approve the Directors’ Remuneration Report that appears on pages 46 to 63 other than the 
part containing the Directors’ Remuneration Policy, of the 2017 annual report and accounts. This vote is advisory, and the 
directors’ entitlement to remuneration is not conditional on it.

Resolution 3: Directors’ remuneration policy
The Company is required to seek shareholders’ approval of its policy on remuneration of directors (the “Directors’ 
Remuneration Policy”) at least every three years (or when the policy changes). This vote is binding. As the current 
Directors’ Remuneration Policy was approved at the 2014 annual general meeting, a resolution is proposed this year in 
connection with approving the new Directors’ Remuneration Policy set out on pages 48 to 57 of the annual report and 
accounts. Subject to shareholder approval, the policy would take effect from the close of the annual general meeting on  
26 July 2017, and has been developed taking into account the principles of the UK Corporate Governance Code and the 
views of our major shareholders. 

Resolution 4: Declaration of final dividend
Shareholders are being asked to approve a final dividend of 30.0pence per ordinary share for the year ended 31 March 
2017. Subject to approval, the dividend will be paid on 31 July 2017 to the holders of ordinary shares whose names are 
recorded on the register of members at the close of business on 23 June 2017.

Resolution 12 and 13: Re-appointment and remuneration of auditor
The Audit Committee of the board of PayPoint will be undertaking a formal audit tender exercise during the summer of 2017, 
the outcome of which will be announced later this year (please refer to page 43 of the annual report for further details). In the 
meantime the Audit Committee has recommended that Deloitte LLP (Deloitte) be re-appointed as auditor of the Company. 

98     PayPoint plc  Annual Report 2017

 
 
 
The board intends to implement this recommendation and this proposal is set out in resolution 12. Resolution 13 proposes that 
the directors be authorised to set the auditors remuneration.

Resolution 14: Directors’ authority to allot shares
By virtue of section 551 of the Companies Act 2006 (the Act), the directors require the authority of shareholders of  
the Company to allot shares or grant rights to subscribe for or convert any security into shares. The resolution numbered 
14 authorises the directors to make allotments of up to 22,711,751 ordinary shares, representing approximately one-third 
of the issued share capital of the Company (excluding treasury shares) as at the date of this document. If approved at the 
forthcoming annual general meeting, the authority will expire no later than 15 months from the date on which the resolution  
is passed, or on the conclusion of the annual general meeting of the Company to be held in 2018, whichever is the sooner.  
The directors have no present intention of exercising the authority proposed to be conferred pursuant to resolution 14. 

Resolution 15: Authority for disapplication of statutory pre-emption rights 
By virtue of section 561 of the Act, any issue by the Company of equity capital for cash made otherwise than to existing 
shareholders on a proportional basis requires the consent of shareholders of the Company unless the Company has 
obtained their authority under sections 570 and 573 of the Act. The resolution numbered 15 is for that purpose. It 
authorises the directors to allot shares by way of rights issue or pursuant to an open offer or otherwise than strictly pro 
rata when the directors consider that it is expedient to do so and also allows them to issue for cash up to 3,406,763 
ordinary shares (representing approximately five per cent) of the issued share capital of the Company (excluding treasury 
shares) as at the date of this document other than on a pre-emptive basis. If approved at the forthcoming annual general 
meeting, the authority will expire no later than 15 months from the date on which the resolution is passed or on the 
conclusion of the annual general meeting of the Company to be held in 2018, whichever is the sooner. The directors have 
no present intention of exercising the authority proposed to be conferred pursuant to resolution 15. 

Resolution 16: Authority to make market purchases of ordinary shares
By virtue of section 701 of the Act, the Company may make market purchases of its own ordinary shares if authorised  
to do so by shareholders. Under resolution 16, the directors seek to renew an annual authority to make market purchases 
 of shares: each year the directors will seek to further renew this authority at the Company’s annual general meeting.  
Any ordinary shares purchased under this authority would either be (i) cancelled immediately on completion of the 
purchase and the number of ordinary shares in issue reduced accordingly; (ii) held, sold, transferred or otherwise dealt  
with as treasury shares in accordance with the provisions of the Act; or (iii) transferred to an employee benefit trust for  
the satisfaction of awards under the Company’s existing share schemes. 

The maximum number of ordinary shares which could be purchased under this authority is 6,813,525, being 10% of the 
issued share capital of the Company (excluding treasury shares) as at the date of this document. Any repurchase of 
ordinary shares carried out by the Company would be at a maximum price per ordinary share of 105% of the average middle 
market price of such a share for the five business days immediately preceding the date of the purchase, the price equal 
to the last independent trade or the highest current independent bid and at a minimum price equal to the nominal value. 
The authority to repurchase ordinary shares will, if approved by shareholders, only be exercised after careful consideration 
by the directors and if such exercise would result in an increase in earnings per share and be in the best interests of 
shareholders generally. If approved at the forthcoming annual general meeting, the authority will expire no later than 
15 months from the date on which the resolution is passed, or on the conclusion of the annual general meeting of the 
Company to be held in 2018, whichever is the sooner. 

Resolution 17: Authority to allow any general meeting of the Company that is not an annual general meeting to be 
called on not less than 14 clear days’ notice
The minimum notice period for general meetings of listed companies is 21 days, but companies may reduce this period to 
14 days (other than for annual general meetings) provided that:

(a)   the Company offers a facility for shareholders to vote by electronic means. This condition is met if the Company has  

a facility enabling all shareholders to appoint a proxy by means of a website; and 

(b)  on an annual basis, a shareholders’ resolution approving the reduction of the minimum notice period from 21 days to 14 

days is passed. 

The board is therefore proposing resolution 17 for a special resolution to approve 14 days as the minimum period of notice  
for all general meetings of the Company other than for annual general meetings. The approval of this resolution will be 
effective until the end of the 2018 annual general meeting of the Company, when it is intended that the approval will be 
renewed. The board intends that the shorter notice period will only be used in limited exceptional circumstances which are 
time-sensitive, rather than as a matter of routine, and only where the flexibility is merited by the business of the meeting and 
is thought to be in the interests of shareholders as a whole. The directors do not have any current intention to exercise this 
authority but consider it appropriate to ensure that the Company has the necessary flexibility to respond to all eventualities.

PayPoint plc  Annual Report 2017     99

STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSOfficers and professional advisers

Directors
G Barr*
N Carson*
G Kerr*
R Kentleton
D Morrison*
R Sharma*
D Taylor
T Watkin-Rees
N Wiles (Chairman)*

* Non-executive directors

Company Secretary
S Court

Registered office
1 The Boulevard 
Shire Park 
Welwyn Garden City 
Hertfordshire, AL7 1EL 
United Kingdom

Registered in England and Wales  
number 03581541

Independent auditor
Deloitte LLP 
2 New Street Square 
London, EC4A 3BZ 
United Kingdom

Brokers
J.P. Morgan Cazenove 
25 Bank Street 
London, E14 5JP 
United Kingdom

Canaccord Genuity 
88 Wood Street 
London, EC2V 7QR 
United Kingdom

Jefferies/Hoare Govett 
Vintners Place 
68 Upper Thames Street 
London, EC4V 3BJ 
United Kingdom

Registrar
Capita Registrars 
The Registry 
34 Beckenham Road 
Beckenham 
Kent, BR3 4TU

100     PayPoint plc  Annual Report 2017

With thanks to:
Chris Paul
Lauren Menck 
Chisom Onita
Marketing team
Finance team
HR team
Risk and compliance team
Product team
Commercial team
Leadership team

Designed and produced  
by boyleperks.com

Printed and bound by Empress  
Litho who are accredited with FSC 
and ISO international United 
Kingdom environmental 
management standards.

This document has been printed on 
100% FSC certified recycled paper, 
produced using de-inked post 
consumer waste.

FSC – Forest Stewardship Council. 
This ensures there is an audited 
chain of custody from the tree in 
the well-managed forest through  
to the finished document in the 
printing factory. 

ISO 14001 – A pattern of control 
for an environmental management 
system against which an 
organisation can be credited  
by a third party.

Carbon Balancing by the World 
Land Trust tackles climate change  
through projects that both offset 
carbon dioxide (CO2) emissions  
and conserve biodiversity.

 
 
 
 
PayPoint plc
1 The Boulevard, Shire Park 
Welwyn Garden City 
Hertfordshire AL7 1EL 
United Kingdom

Tel   +44 (0)1707 600 300 
Fax  +44 (0)1707 600 333 
www.paypoint.com